Inductive Proximity Sensors PDF

Inductive Proximity Sensors
Contents
General Information Quick Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--2

Technical Definitions and Terminology . . . . . . . . . page 2--6
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--9
Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--16
Tubular 871TM All Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--21

872C WorldProxt General Purpose . . . . . . . . . . page 2--47
871T Stainless Steel Barrel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--85
871TS Food and Beverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--93
871Z Weld Field Immune . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--97
871ZT Weld Field Immune . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--103
871ZC Weld Field Immune . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--107
871C Special Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--113
Rectangular 871P VersaCubet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--129

871F Flat Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--137
871F Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--150
871L & 872L Limit Switch Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--153
802PR Limit Switch Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--159
871FM Miniature Flat Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--173
871P Can Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--181
Cylinder Sensors 871D WorldClampt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--189

871D Cylinder Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--195
Ring and Slot 871R Ring & 871S Slot Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--201
Accessories Adaptors, Brackets, Covers, Caps, etc. . . . . . . page 2--207
Barriers & Isolators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 12--1
Indexes Cat. No. Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 13--1

Comprehensive Product Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 14--1
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

Preferred availability cat. nos. are printed in bold.
2--1
Quick Selection Guide
871TM 872C 871T 871TS

All Stainless Steel WorldProx General Purpose Stainless Steel Barrel Food and Beverage
Specifications
Description Tubular Style Tubular Style Tubular Style Tubular Style
• Stainless steel face/ threaded • Plastic face/threaded nickel-plated • All metal sensing: plastic • PPS plastic face/stainless steel
stainless steel barrel brass barrel face/threaded stainless steel barrel 316L barrel
• Plastic face/threaded plastic barrel • Ferrous selective: stainless steel • High pressure washdown rated
face/ threaded stainless steel barrel (IP67, IP68 and IP69K)
Features • Stainless steel face and barrel • Threaded, nickel-plated brass barrel • Threaded stainless steel barrel • Threaded stainless steel 316L
• Full mechanical seals (all-metal or plastic barrel • Cable or QD styles barrel
sensing models) • 360° visible LED • Short-circuit protection (DC models) • PPS (FDA Certified) plastic face
• ToughLinkt or PVC cable styles • Cable or quick-disconnect styles • Overload protection (DC models) • Standard and extended sensing
• Mini, micro or EAC micro QD styles • Short-circuit protection • Transient noise protection range
• Short-circuit protection • Overload protection • False pulse protection • Short circuit protection
• Overload protection • Transient noise protection • Reverse polarity protection (DC • Overload protection
• Transient noise protection • False pulse protection models) • False pulse protection
• False pulse protection • Reverse polarity protection • Reverse polarity protection
• Reverse polarity protection (DC
models)
• Radio frequency interference
protection
Diameter • 12, 18, 30 mm • 6.5, 8, 12, 18, 30 mm • 12, 18 mm • 12, 18 mm
Available Models • DC 3-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--22 • DC 3-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--48 • DC 3-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--86 • DC 3-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--93
• DC 3-Wire Extended • DC 3-Wire • AC 2-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--88
Sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--25 Short Barrel . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--52 • AC 2-Wire or 4-Wire
• DC 3-Wire Ferrous • DC 3-Wire Extended Ferrous Selective . . . . . . . . . 2--90
Selective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--28 Sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--56
• DC 3-Wire Nonferrous • DC 3-Wire
Selective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--28 Short Barrel with
• DC 3-Wire Extended Sensing . . . . . . . . 2--60
Submersible . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--31 • DC 3-Wire Long Range . . . . . NEW
• DC 2-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--33 • DC 3-Wire
• DC 2-Wire Intrinsically Plastic Barrel . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--64
Safe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--36 • DC 2-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--67
• AC/DC 2-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . 2--41 • DC 2-Wire QuadroPlex . . . . . 2--70
• AC/DC 2-Wire PLC • DC 4-Wire Complementary
Interfacer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--44 Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--72
• DeviceNett • AC 2-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--74
Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . NO TAG • AC 2-Wire Extended Sensing 2--77
• AC/DC 2-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . 2--80
• AC/DC 2-Wire
Relay Output . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--83
Connections • PVC Cable • Cable (PVC) • Cable (PVC) • Micro QD

• ToughLinkt cable • Mini Quick-Disconnect • Mini QD
• Mini QD • Micro Quick-Disconnect
• Micro QD • Pico Quick-Disconnect
Enclosure • Stainless steel face and barrel • NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 6P, 12, 13 IP67 • NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 12, 13 IP67 • NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13
• NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, (IEC529) (IEC529) and IP67, IP68 and IP69K
13; IP67 (IEC529) • Nickel-plated brass barrel or plastic • 303 Stainless steel barrel
• 1200 psi (8270 kPa) washdown barrel, plastic face (PBT)
• IP69K (some models)
Additional Info • See page 2--21 • See page 2--47 • See page 2--85 • See page 2--93
2-- 2 New Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

871Z 871ZT 871ZC 871C 871P

Weld Field Immune Weld Field Immune Weld Field Immune Special Purpose VersaCube
Equal Sensing Copper Housing
Tubular Style Tubular Style Tubular Style Tubular Style Rectangular Style
• PTFE face/threaded PTFE-coated • PTFE face/threaded ptfe-coated • Thermoset plastic face/threaded • Plastic face/threaded nickel-plated • Plastic housing
brass barrel brass barrel copper barrel brass barrel
• Thermoset plastic face/ threaded • Plastic face/smooth nickel-plated
PTFE-coated brass barrel brass barrel
• Plastic face/threaded plastic
barrel
• Cable or QD styles • Weld field immunity • Micro and mini QD styles • Cable or QD styles • 5-position sensing head
• PTFE-coated brass barrel • Equal sensing • Copper barrel • Short-circuit protection • Rugged burn and weld-slag
• Weld field immunity • PTFE-coated brass barrel • Weld field immunity • Overload protection resistant housing on weld-field
• Short-circuit, false pulse, • Micro QD • Short-circuit, false pulse, • Transient noise protection immune models
overload, and transient noise • Short-circuit, false pulse, overload, and transient noise • False pulse protection • Mini and micro QD styles
protection overload, and transient noise protection • Reverse polarity protection • Weld field immunity (some
protection models)
• Equal sensing (some models)
• Short-circuit protection
• False pulse protection
• Overload protection
• Transient noise protection
models)
• 12, 18, 30 mm • 12, 18, 30 mm • 12, 18, 30 mm • 3, 4, 5, 12, 18, 30 mm • 40 x 40 x 69 mm
• Weld Field Immune • DC 3-Wire Weld Field Immune . • Weld Field Immune • DC 3-Wire Small • DC 3-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--130
DC 3-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--98 2--104 DC 3-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--108 Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--114 • DC 4-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--133
• Weld Field Immune • Weld Field Immune • DC 3-Wire Extended • AC/DC 2-Wire . . . . . . . . . 2--134
AC 2-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--100 AC/DC 2-Wire . . . . . . . . . 2--110 Temperature Range . . . . . 2--117
• AC 2-Wire Full-
Featured . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--119
• AC 2-Wire Plastic
Barrel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--122
• NAMUR Intrinsically
Safe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--124
• Analog Output . . . . . . . . . 2--127
• Cable (ToughLinkt) • Micro QD • Mini QD • Cable (PVC or PUR) • Mini QD

• Mini QD • Micro QD • Mini Quick-Disconnect • Micro QD
• Micro QD • Micro Quick-Disconnect
• Pico Quick-Disconnect
• NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, • NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 12 and 13, IP67 • Varies by product • NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 6P, 12 and
12, 13, IP67 (IEC529) PTFE (IEC529) 13, IP67 (IEC529),
coated housing • Copper barrel, thermoset plastic 1200 psi (8270 kPa) washdown
face • IP69K (some models)
• See page 2--97 • See page 2--104 • See page 2--107 • See page 2--113 • See page 2--129

2--3
871F 871L & 872L 802PR 871FM

Flat Pack & Block Limit Switch Style Limit Switch Style Miniature Flat Pack
Specifications
Description Flat Pack Style Limit Switch Style Limit Switch Style Miniature Flat Pack Style
• Plastic body • Plastic body/17-position head • Glass-reinforced polyester housing • Plastic body
Block Style
• Aluminum body
Features • Cable, conduit, or QD styles • 17 sensing head positions (1 top, 16 • Multiple sensing directions • Cable or QD styles
• Short-circuit protection side) • Cable, conduit, or QD styles • Short-circuit protection (DC models)
• Overload protection • Conduit or QD styles • Short-circuit protection (AC/DC • Overload protection (DC models)
• Transient noise protection • Short-circuit protection models) • Transient noise protection
• False pulse protection • Overload protection • Overload protection (AC/DC • False pulse protection
• Reverse polarity protection (DC • Transient noise protection models) • Reverse polarity protection (DC
models) • False pulse protection • Transient noise protection models)
• Reverse polarity protection • False pulse protection
• Selectable normally open or • Hazardous location models are
normally closed output available
Diameter Flat Pack Style • 40 x 40 x 120 mm • 42 x 41 x 109 mm • 5 x 5 x 15 mm
• 80 x 80 x 40 mm • 8 x 8 x 37 mm
• 28 x 16 x 11 mm
Block Style
• 40 x 26 x 12 mm
• 50 x 50 x 40 mm • 25 x 50 x 10 mm
40 x 50 x 100 mm • 31 x 18 x 10 mm
Available Models • Complementary Output DC 4-Wire • DC 3-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--154 • AC/DC 2-Wire . . . . . . . . . . 2--160 • DC 3-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--176
Flat Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--138 • AC 2-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--156 • Hazardous Location AC/DC 2-Wire • AC 2-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--179
• DC Weld Field Immune Flat Pack . • AC/DC 2-Wire . . . . . . . . . . 2--156 2--165
2--141 • AC 2-Wire
• 2-Wire AC/DC (High Output) . . . . . . . . . . 2--167
Flat Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--146 • Hazardous Location
• Weld Field Immune 2-Wire AC/DC AC 2-Wire
Flat Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--148 (High Output) . . . . . . . . . . 2--171
• DC 3-Wire Block . . . . . . . . 2--150
Connections Flat Pack Style • Mini QD • Cable (STO or ToughLink™) • Cable (PVC)
• Cable • Micro QD • Mini QD • Pico QD
• Mini QD • Conduit/Terminal • Micro QD
• Micro QD • Conduit/Terminal
Block Style
• Micro QD
• Cable
Enclosure • NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 6P, 12 and 13, • NEMA 3, 4, 6, 12, 13, IP67 • NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 12, 13, IP65 • NEMA 4, IP67 (IEC529)
IP67 (IEC529), (IEC529) (IEC529) Plastic
1200 psi (8270 kPa) washdown Polyloy Self extinguishing glass-reinforced
• IP69K (some models) polyester body
2--4 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

871P 871D 871D 871R & 871S

Can Sensors WorldClamp Cylinder Position Ring & Slot Sensors
Specifications
Description Can Sensor Style On-Clamp Cylinder Position In-port Cylinder Position Style Ring and Slot Style
• Stainless steel housing/plastic face Style • Ceramic face/stainless steel probe • Plastic and metal housing
• Power clamp and gripper style assembly
Features • Short-circuit protection • Superior LED visibility • Stainless steel probe with ceramic • Cable or micro QD style
• Overload protection • Weld-field immune face • Short-circuit protection
• Transient noise protection • Shielded construction • Low profile housing can be rotated • Reverse polarity protection
• False pulse protection • Short-circuit protection 304_ after installation without
• Reverse polarity protection (DC • Overload protection breaking pressure seal
models) • Transient noise protection • Shielded construction
• Stainless steel housing • False pulse protection • Weld-field immune
• Reverse polarity protection (DC • Short-circuit protection
models) • Overload protection
• Transient noise protection
• False pulse protection
models)
Diameter • 76 x 38 x 59 mm • 47 x 18 x 18 mm • 64 x 48 x 37 mm installed • 12, 20, 50, and 100 mm
• 140 x 44.5 x 59 mm • 55 x 35 x 19 mm • 30 mm
• 47 x 18 x 24 mm
Available Models • Short-Range AC 2-Wire Inductive • DC 4-wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--190 • DC 3-wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--196 • 871R DC 3-Wire
Can . . 2--182 • AC/DC 5-wire . . . . . . . . . . 2--192 • AC/DC 2-wire . . . . . . . . . . 2--198 Ring Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--202
• Long-Range AC 2-Wire Inductive • 871S DC 3-Wire
Can . . 2--182 Slot Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--205
• Short-Range DC 4-Wire Inductive
Can . . 2--184
• Long-Range DC 4-Wire Inductive
Can . . 2--184
• Motion DC 4-Wire Inductive Can . .
2--186
Connections • Cable (PVC) • Micro QD • Mini QD • Cable (PVC)
• Mini QD • Micro QD • Micro QD
Enclosure • NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13, • IP67 • NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12, 13, • NEMA 4 IP67 (IEC529)
IP67 (IEC529), 1200 psi (8270 kPa) IP67 (IEC529)
washdown
Weld Field Immune Proximity Sensors

871ZT Weld Field Immune Tubular . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--104
871Z Weld Field Immune Tubular . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--97
871ZC Weld Field Immune Tubular . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--107
871D WorldClampt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--192
871D Cylinder Position Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--195
871P Weld Field Immune VersaCube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--129
871F Weld Field Immune Puck Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--148
Hazardous Location Proximity Sensors
871TM 2-Wire DC Intrinsically Safe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--36
871C NAMUR Intrinsically Safe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--124
802PR Hazardous Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--159
Ferrous/Nonferrous Selective Proximity Sensors
871TM Ferrous Selective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--28
871T Ferrous Selective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--90
871TM Nonferrous Selective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--28
Extended Temperature Range Proximity Sensors
871C Extended Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--117
Other extended temperature range models available as special order items. Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or
Allen-Bradley distributor for details.

2--5
Technical Definitions and Terminology
Active Face: Portion of the sensor from which the Isolation Voltage: Maximum rated voltage between Residual Voltage: The voltage across the sensor
electromagnetic field or ultrasonic pulse emanates. isolated outputs or input and output. output while energized and carrying maximum load
Axial Approach: The approach of the target with its Lateral Approach: The approach of the target current.
center maintained on the reference axis. perpendicular to the reference axis. Response Time: The sum of the time needed for a
Complementary Outputs: (N.O. & N.C.) A proximity Leakage Current: Current which flows through the string of electronic circuits to translate a change in
sensor that features both normally open and normally output when the output is in an “off” condition or light into a change of output status.
closed outputs, which can be used simultaneously. de-energized. This current is necessary to supply Reverse Polarity Protection: A circuit that uses a
Correction Factors: Suggested multiplication factors power to the electronics of the sensor. diode to avoid damage to the control in case the
taking into account variations in the target material LED (Light Emitting Diode): Semi-conductor that polarity of the power supply is accidentally reversed.
composition. When figuring actual sensing distance generates monochromatic light when current flows in Ripple: The variance between peak-to-peak values in
this factor should be multiplied with the nominal the conductive direction. An LED is the standard Light DC voltage. It is expressed in percentage of rated
sensing distance. Source for most photoelectric sensors. voltage.
Current Consumption: The current consumed by the Maximum Inrush Current: The maximum current Sensing Distance: The distance at which an
proximity switch when the output device is in the off level at which the proximity sensor can be operated approaching target activates (changes state of) the
condition. for a short period of time. proximity output.
Damping Material: Material which causes a decrease Maximum Load Current: The maximum current level Sensing Range: The sensing range is the distance
in the strength of the electromagnetic or electrical field at which the proximity sensor can be continuously within which the sensor will detect a target under
produced by the sensing coil. operated. fluctuations of temperature and voltage.
Differential Travel (Hysteresis): The distance Minimum Load Current: The minimum amount of Shielded: Sensor which can be flush mounted in
between the operating point and the release point. current required by the sensor to maintain reliable metal up to the plane of the active sensing face.
See Hysteresis. operation. Short Circuit Protection: (SCP) Sensor protected
Dual Output: Sensor which has two outputs which Nonferrous Metal: Any metal which does not contain from damage when a shorted condition exists for an
may be complementary or may be of a single type (i.e. iron. indefinite or defined period of time.
two normally open or two normally closed). Normally Closed: Output opens when an object is Sinking: See NPN.
Effective Operating Distance: (Sr) The operating detected in the active switching area. Sourcing: See PNP.
distance of an individual proximity switch measured at Normally Open: Output closes when an object is
stated temperature, voltage, and mounting condition. Switching Frequency: The maximum number of
detected in the active switching area. times per second the sensor can change state (ON
False Pulse: An undesired change in the state of the NPN: The sensor switches the load to the negative and OFF) usually expressed in Hertz (Hz). As
output of the proximity switch that lasts for more than terminal. The load should be connected between the measured in DIN EN 50010.
two milliseconds. sensor output and positive terminal. Target: Object which activates the sensor.
Flush Mounting: A shielded proximity sensor which Operating Distance, Assured: Between 0 and 81%
can be flush mounted in metal up to the plane of the Three-Wire Proximity Switch: An AC or DC
of the rated operating distance for inductive proximity proximity sensor with three leads, two of which supply
active sensing face. switches. power and a third that switches the load.
Free Zone: The area around the proximity switch Operating Distance, Rated: The operating distance
which must be kept free from any damping material. Two-Wire Proximity Switch: A proximity sensor
specified by the manufacturer and used as a reference which switches a load connected in series to the
Hysteresis: The difference, in percentage (%), of the value. Also known as nominal sensing distance. power supply. Power for the proximity switch is
nominal sensing distance between the operate (switch PNP: The sensor switches the load to the positive obtained through the load at all times.
on) and release point (switch off) when the target is terminal. The load should be connected between the
moving away from the sensors active face. Without Unshielded: Sensors which have longer sensing
sensor output and negative terminal. distances and a wider magnetic field but are sensitive
sufficient hysteresis a proximity sensor will “chatter”
(continuously switch on and off) when there is Programmable Output: (N.O. or N.C.) Output which to surrounding metal.
significant vibration applied to the target or sensor. can be changed from N.O. to N.C. or N.C. to N.O. by Voltage Drop: The maximum voltage drop across a
way of a switch or jumper wire. Also known as conducting sensor.
Isolated Output: An output that is optically separated selectable output.
from the input and other output and independent of the Weld Field Immunity: (WFI) The ability of a sensor
other output to a specified level. Repeatability: The variation of the effective operating not to false trigger in the presence of strong
distance measured at room temperature and constant electromagnetic fields.
supply voltage. It is expressed as a percentage of the
sensing distance.

Technical Definitions and Terminology
Shielded Unshielded
Normally Open Normally Closed
NPN PNP
+ +
Out Out
-- --
DC AC/DC AC
Connectors LED
4-Pin Micro 4-Pin Mini
2 1
3 4
3-Pin Micro 3-Pin Mini

1
2 3

2--7
Notes

Introduction
Principles of Operation for Standard Target for The size and shape of the target may
Inductive Proximity Sensors Inductive Proximity Sensors also affect the sensing distance. The
following should be used as a general
guideline when correcting for the size
Target
and shape of a target:
S Flat targets are preferable
Coil Oscillator Trigger Output
Circuit Circuit S Rounded targets may reduce the
Proximity Switch sensing distance
Inductive proximity sensors are
Motion Active Face
designed to operate by generating an 1 mm S Nonferrous materials usually reduce
Direction
electromagnetic field and detecting the the sensing distance for all-metal
eddy current losses generated when The active face of an inductive sensing models
ferrous and nonferrous metal target proximity switch is the surface where a
objects enter the field. The sensor S Targets smaller than the sensing
high-frequency electro-magnetic field
consists of a coil on a ferrite core, an face typically reduce the sensing
emerges.
oscillator, a trigger-signal level detector distance
and an output circuit. As a metal object A standard target is a mild steel square,
one mm thick, with side lengths equal to S Targets larger than the sensing face
advances into the field, eddy currents may increase the sensing distance
are induced in the target. The result is a the diameter of the active face or three
loss of energy and a smaller amplitude times the nominal switching distance, S Foils may increase the sensing
of oscillation. The detector circuit then whichever is greater. distance
recognizes a specific change in
amplitude and generates a signal which Target Correction Factors for Hysteresis (Differential Travel)
will turn the solid-state output “ON” or Inductive Proximity Sensors
“OFF.” The difference between the operate and
To determine the sensing distance for the release points is called hysteresis or
Target Position materials other than the standard mild differential travel. The amount of target
steel, a correction factor is used. The travel required for release after
composition of the target has a large operation must be accounted for when
effect on sensing distance of inductive selecting target and sensor locations.
proximity sensors. If a target Hysteresis is needed to help prevent
constructed from one of the materials chattering (turning on and off rapidly)
listed is used, multiply the nominal when the sensor is subjected to shock
sensing distance by the correction and vibration or when the target is
factor listed in order to determine the stationary at the nominal sensing
Oscillator Response
nominal sensing distance for that target. distance.
Note that ferrous-selective sensors will
Vibration amplitudes must be smaller
not detect brass, aluminum or copper,
than the hysteresis band to avoid
while nonferrous selective sensors will
chatter.
not detect steel or ferrous-type stainless
steels. Target
Motion Direction
The correction factors listed below can
be used as a general guideline. Switch Point
Output Voltage When Leaving
Common materials and their specific
Releasing Level correction factors are listed on each
Switch Point
Operating Level On product specification page. When Operating Hysteresis
(Nominal Sensing Range) x (Correction Approaching Distance
Output Off Off Factor) = Sensing Range.
A metal target approaching an Correction Factors

inductive proximity sensor (above) Approximate Proximity
absorbs energy generated by the Target Material Correction Factor Switch
oscillator. When the target is in close Mild Steel 1.0
range, the energy drain stops the
Stainless Steel 0.85
oscillator and changes the output
state. Brass 0.50
Aluminum 0.45
Copper 0.40

2--9
Introduction
Switching Frequency Mounting Considerations for Weld Field Immunity

The switching frequency is the Weld Field Immune Proximities 50
maximum speed at which a sensor will Reliable operation is dependent on the 40
deliver discrete individual pulses as the strength of the magnetic field and the
target enters and leaves the sensing distance between the current line and 30
Current ( l ) [kA]
field. This value is always dependent on the sensor.
target size, distance from sensing face, 20 Safe Zone
Perpendicular Mounting
speed of target and switch type. This
to the Current Line
indicates the maximum possible 10
number of switching operations per Current Line
0
second. The measuring method for 0 10 20 30 40 50
determining switching frequency with (0.5) (1.0) (1.5) (2.0) (2.5)
standard targets is specified by
IEC60947--5--2. Distance from Current Line (r) [mm (in.)]
r
d
Sensor
Series Connected Sensors
Magnetic Field Sensors can be connected in series
Parallel Mounting with a load. For proper operation, the
Proximity Switch to the Current Line load voltage must be less than or equal
to the minimum supply voltage minus
Motion Sensor the voltage drops across the series-
Direction connected proximity sensors.
Targets of
Fe 360 or A570 Wiring Diagram for
Sn Grade 36 r
2xm
2
Series Connected Current
m
Sink Sensors (NPN)
+ --
V DC
m Current Line
Nonmagnetic and nonconducting material + --

Use the following chart or formulas to Load
determine the spacing requirements
m=d between the current line and proximity
sensor. Select a distance that falls Wiring Diagram for
within the safe zone. Series Connected Current
Ripple +
Source Sensors (PNP) --
Ripple is the alternating voltage V DC
superimposed on the DC voltage (peak S H= I
+ --
to peak) in %. 2π r Load
For the operation of DC voltage H
switches, a filtered DC voltage with a S B=
ripple of 10% maximum is required 0.796
(according to DIN 41755). S Gauss = 10* B
U where:
I = welding current (in kA),
H = field strength (in kA/m),
Uuss
Ud
B = flux (in mT), and
r = distance between sensor and
current carrying lines (in meters).
t

Introduction
Parallel Connected Sensors TTL Wiring

Sensors can be connected in parallel to ( + ) 10…30V DC
energize a load. To determine the (+) 5V
Brown
maximum allowable number of sensors
for an application, the sum of the Black
maximum leakage current of the TTL
Sink
sensors connected in parallel must be Blue
less than the maximum OFF-state
current of the load device. ( -- ) (--) Common
GND
Note: Care should be taken when designing
parallel proximity circuits. If too much ( + ) 10…30V DC
leakage current flows into the load it may
cause the solid state input to change state
or a small relay not to drop out. Sensors
connected in parallel do not provide a higher
load current capability.
TTL
Wiring Diagram for Source
Parallel Connected ( -- )
Current Sink Sensors (NPN)
+ --
(--) 5V GND
V DC
+ -- Note: When using sourcing outputs, ground

Load must be floating and cannot be common,
or short circuit will result.
K
PLC Wiring
K For PLC wiring information for Inductive
and Capacitive sensors, refer to
Wiring Diagram for publication 871--4.5, June 1996.
Parallel Connected
Current Source Sensors (PNP)
+ --
V DC
+ --
Load
K
Wiring Diagram for

Parallel Connected
AC Sensors
L1 L2
V AC
RG
RG Load
K Add diode as shown to each output to maintain

individual output indicator function.
G Add R in series with sensor to maintain
minimum voltage when sensor is switching.

2--11
Introduction
Shielded vs. Unshielded Inductive Sensors

Shielded Sensor Unshielded Sensor
Metal Metal
Shield Shield
Ferrite Core
Ferrite Core
Shielded construction includes a metal Unshielded sensors do not have
band which surrounds the ferrite core and this metal band.
coil arrangement.
Spacing Between Shielded Sensors (Flush-Mountable) and Nearby Metal Surfaces

Shielded proximity sensors allow the face. Shielded construction allows the surrounding metal without causing a
electro-magnetic field to be proximity to be mounted flush in false trigger.
concentrated to the front of the sensor
Tubular Style Limit Switch Style (871L and 872L) Limit Switch Style (802PR)
d d d 3 Sn
d
d d
d 1.3dK
d
2d 1.8d
2d
Tubular Style Extended Sensing (872C) Tubular Style Long Range Sensing (872C)
≥3d
3 Sn 3 Sn 3 Sn Housing Diameter Dimension X
3d d
6.5 mm 1 mm
X 12 mm 2 mm
18 mm 4 mm
30 mm 6 mm
6 Sn 5d
d = diameter or width of active sensing face

Sn = nominal sensing distance
K 802PR--LB or 802PR--XB can be mounted side
by side.
2-- 12
New1
Introduction
Spacing Between Shielded Sensors (Flush-Mountable) and Nearby Metal Surfaces (continued)
Cube Style (871P VersaCube)
Active Face d d
d
d
d
Flat Pack Style (871F)
Active Face d d
Miniature Flat Pack Style (871FM)
3 Sn


2-- 13
Introduction
Spacing Between Unshielded Sensors (Nonflush-Mountable) and Nearby Metal Surfaces

Longer sensing distances can be require a metal-free zone around the closer than three times the rated
obtained by using an unshielded sensing face. Metal immediately nominal sensing distance of the sensor.
sensor. Unshielded proximity sensors opposite the sensing face should be no
Tubular Style Limit Switch Style (871L and 872L) Limit Switch Style (802PR)
0.4d
≥3d 0.4d
3d d 3 Sn
d
4d d
d 0.4d
d
1.5d
4d
4d
Tubular Style Extended Sensing (872C) Tubular Style Long Range Sensing (872C)
≥3d Housing Diameter Dimension X

3 Sn 3 Sn 3 Sn
3d d 8 mm 8 mm
12 mm 13 mm
X
18 mm 20 mm
30 mm 35 mm
6 Sn 6 Sn
2-- 14 New1 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

Introduction
Spacing Between Unshielded Sensors (Nonflush-Mountable) and Nearby Metal Surfaces (continued)
Cube Style (871P VersaCube)
Active Face
4dK d d
d
0.75d 0.75d
0.75d
d
4d
Flat Pack Style (871F)

Active Face
d 4d d d
Miniature Flat Pack Style (871FM)
Side View
(amount of overhang)
0.5L
6 Sn

K 3d for Weld Field Immune models.

2-- 15
Applications
Machine Tools Plating Line Plating Line

Inductive Proximity
Sensor for Horizontal
Lathe Trigger Position Detection
Tool
Chuck
Inductive
Proximity
Sensor Work to be
Dipped
Inductive
Proximity
Sensors for
Inductive Inductive
Vertical Position
Proximity Proximity Detection
Sensor Sensor
Grinding Machines Wood Industry Conveyor Belts

Capacitive Proximity
Sensor
Wood
Inductive
Metal Parts
Proximity
Sensor
Inductive
Proximity Inductive
Sensor Saw Blade Returns for Proximity
Another Cut Sensor
Inductive
Proximity
Sensor
Petroleum Industry—
Valve Position
Handwheel Acts as Target
A
871TM
B
871TM
A: Open Valve Indicator

B: Closed Valve Indicator

Applications
Inductive
Proximity
Sensor
Inductive proximity sensor used to detect a foil Ferrous selective inductive proximity sensor used to
seasoning bag inside of a cardboard container. sort ferrous and nonferrous can tops.
Food Industry Stainless Steel Sheet Welder

Inductive
Proximity
Sensor
Inductive Bottle
Proximity Cap
Sensor 871Z Hole to
Metal Identify Weld
Can -- (Cathode)
Insulation
+ (Anode)
871Z
Conveyor
Conveyor

2-- 17
Applications
On Line Parts Sorting Railroad Yard Position Sensing Coolant Resistant Sensing
871TM
Coolant
Bad
Good
-DETAIL-
Inductive
3/
7/ 4 in. Dia. Proximity
16 in. Sensors
1/
2 in.
1″ 872C
7/
8 in. Dia.
Up and Downslope Control of

Continous Tube Welder Nut Placement on Transformer Closed Barrier Indicator
Transformers
and
Rectifiers
871Z
+ (Anode)
Insulation 871Z
Downslope -- (Cathode)
Sensor
871TM Indicates
Transformer When Barrier Is
Closed
871P
Upslope
Pressure Sensor
Roll 871P
Detect Presence of
Bushing in Piston
872C
A = Sensing Path

Applications
Control Presence of Mild Steel Bars in Grate Welding
+ (Anode)
871Z
Check Parallelism
of Transversal Bar
with WFI Control
-- (Cathode)
871P
871Z
871Z 871Z
Look for Position

of Steel Bar
with WFI Control
Elevator Positioning
Proximity
Rail Guide
Sensor
Target
2nd Floor
Target
1st Floor
Rockwell Automation produces rail guide inductive proximity sensors for the positioning of elevator cars. These sensors offer
increased accuracy and longer life when compared to typical mechanical switches. They are a cost-effective solution for
lowering your repair costs and downtime. Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for
a proximity sensor tailored to your requirements!

2-- 19
Applications
Top 23 Reasons to Use the 871TM
Robust Electrical Design

S Your choice of AC/DC, 2-wire or 3-wire DC
S Short circuit protection
S Overload protection
S Reverse polarity protection (DC models)
S Radio frequency protection
S Transient noise protection
S False pulse protection Stainless Steel Barrel
S Epoxy potted for protection against mechanical S Superior Strength of Impact and Abrasion
shock and vibration Resistant Stainless Steel
S Superior Chemical and Cutting Fluid Resistance
S One Piece Barrel for Mini Q.D. Eliminates
Stainless Steel Face “Joint” Leaking
S Superior Strength of Impact and Abrasion S Increased Mounting Torque
Resistant Stainless Steel
S Superior Chemical and Cutting Fluid Resistance
S Leakproof
SOOW--A ToughLinkt Cable

S Superior Abrasion and Chemical Resistance
S Cutting Fluid Resistant
S Superior Strength of #18AWG
LED Lens and Grommet Conductors and Jacket Materials
S Provide Mechanical Seals for Primary S Fire Retardant
Fluid Barrier S Outdoor Approved
S Chemical Resistant S Plastic Filler Provides Increased
DC and long barrel AC/DC “Fluid Wicking” Resistance
models only.

Bulletin 871TM
Stainless Steel Face/Threaded Stainless Steel Barrel
Description DeviceNett 871TM sensors are also Styles

available. These sensors are designed
Designed to reduce your downtime, the DC 3-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--22
to be connected directly to DeviceNet
Bulletin 871TM is an excellent choice DC 3-Wire
networks. These models have built-in
for harsh-environment applications Extended Sensing . . . . . . . . page 2--25
advanced features and diagnostics
because it stands up to conditions that
such as autobaud, timing options, DC 3-Wire
standard plastic face sensors cannot
analog output capability, target too Ferrous Selective . . . . . . . . . page 2--28
tolerate. Each sensor is housed by a
close, target too far, motion detection DC 3-Wire
stainless steel face and barrel which
and teach and learn capabilities. Nonferrous Selective . . . . . . page 2--28
make the front of the sensor leakproof
and significantly improve resistance to The Bulletin 871TM is available with DC 3-Wire Submersible . . . page 2--31
chemicals, cutting fluid, oils and Rockwell Automation/Allen-Bradley
DC 2-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--33
abrasion. Mechanical seals are exclusive ToughLink™ cable, which
provided at all barrel openings. Full exceeds SOOW-A ratings and reduces DC 2-Wire Intrinsically Safe page 2--36
epoxy encapsulation provides cable failure due to cracking, wearing, AC/DC 2-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--41
protection against shock, vibration, and melting, or breaking. Other connection
options include a PVC cable, mini AC/DC 2-Wire PLC
contamination. The electronic circuitry is Interfacer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--44
equipped with transient noise, false quick-disconnect, micro quick-
pulse, reverse polarity, short-circuit and disconnect, and EAC micro quick- DeviceNett Sensors . . . . page 10--12
overload protection. disconnect.
In addition to standard all-metal sensing Accessories
models, the 871TM is available in Features Cordsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8--1
ferrous and nonferrous selective S Stainless steel face and barrel Conduit Adaptors . . . . . . . . page 2--209
versions that differentiate between
iron-based and other metals as well as S Full mechanical seals (all-metal Mounting Brackets,
extended range models for increased sensing models) Spring Return Style . . . . . . page 2--210
sensing distance. For some metals, S ToughLinkTM or PVC cable styles Mounting Brackets,
nonferrous selective sensors can have Swivel/Tilt Style . . . . . . . . . page 2--212
up to four times the sensing distance of S Mini, micro or EAC micro quick-
their all-metal sensing equivalents. disconnect styles Mounting Brackets,
Right Angle Style . . . . . . . . page 2--213
Although most carry a NEMA 6P S Short circuit protection
enclosure rating, one style of 871TM is Mounting Brackets,
S Overload protection Clamp Style . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--214
designed particularly for use under
temporary submersion and in other S Transient noise protection End Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--219
extremely wet environments. Its cable S False pulse protection Mounting Nuts . . . . . . . . . . page 2--221
grommet is fused directly to the cable
jacketing for superior sealing. LEDs S Reverse polarity protection (DC Lock Washers . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--223
have been eliminated to reduce points models)
of possible fluid ingress. S Radio frequency interference General Information
871TM sensors are also available in protection Torque Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--225
high- and low-temperature models. S UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Metric/English
Consult your local Rockwell Automation Marked for all applicable directives Conversion Chart . . . . . . . . . page 14--6
sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor
(most models)
for details.
Not available on PLC Interfacer models.

2-- 21
871TM 3-Wire DC
Stainless Steel Face/Threaded Short Stainless Steel Barrel
Specifications
Load Current ≤200 mA
Capacitive Load ≤1 μF
Leakage Current ≤10 mA
Operating Voltage 10…30V DC
Voltage Drop ≤1V DC at 200 mA
871TM DC Cable Style Repeatability ≤10% at constant temperature
12, 18, 30 mm
Hysteresis 10% typical
False Pulse Protection Incorporated
Transient Noise Protection Incorporated
Reverse Polarity Protection Incorporated
Short Circuit Protection Incorporated (trigger at 340 mA typical)
Overload Protection Incorporated
Certifications UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked for all applicable directives
871TM DC Mini
Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13; IP67 (IEC529) all models;
Quick-Disconnect Style 1200 psi (8270 kPa) washdown; stainless steel face and barrel;
12, 18, 30 mm
ToughLink™ and micro connector versions are also rated IP69K (IEC 529)
Connections Cable: 2 m (6.5 ft) length
A2-- 3-conductor PVC
C2-- 3-conductor #22AWG ToughLink
H2-- 3-conductor #18 AWG ToughLink
Quick-Disconnect: 4-pin mini style
4-pin micro style
LED Red: Output Energized
Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 25…+70° (-- 13…+158°)
Shock 30 g, 11 ms
871TM DC Micro Vibration 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude, 3 planes
Quick-Disconnect Style
12, 18, 30 mm
Correction Factors
Features Target Material Correction Factor
Steel 1.0
S 3-wire operation
Stainless Steel 0.9…1.0
S 3-conductor or 4-pin connection Brass 0.3…0.5
S 10…30V DC Aluminum 0.1…0.4
S Short circuit, overload, false pulse, Aluminum ≤0.020 Thick 0.9…1.1

reverse polarity, and transient noise Copper 0.4…0.6
protection
S Normally open or normally closed
output
S UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE
Marked for all applicable directives

871TM 3-Wire DC
Product Selection
Nominal
Cat. No.
Sensing Switching
Barrel Distance Output Frequency
Dia. [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration [Hz] PVC Cable ToughLink™ Cable Mini QD Style Micro QD Style
NPN 871TM--DH2NN12--A2 871TM--DH2NN12--C2 871TM--DH2NN12--N4 871TM--DH2NN12--D4
2 (0.08) Y 75
PNP 871TM--DH2NP12--A2 871TM--DH2NP12--C2 871TM--DH2NP12--N4 871TM- DH2NP12- D4
N.O.
NPN 871TM--DH4NN12--A2 871TM--DH4NN12--C2 871TM--DH4NN12--N4 871TM--DH4NN12--D4
4 (0.16) N 70
PNP 871TM--DH4NP12--A2 871TM--DH4NP12--C2 871TM--DH4NP12--N4 871TM- DH4NP12- D4
12 mm
NPN 871TM--DH2CN12--A2 871TM--DH2CN12--C2 871TM--DH2CN12--N4 871TM--DH2CN12--D4
2 (0.08) Y 75
PNP 871TM--DH2CP12--A2 871TM--DH2CP12--C2 871TM--DH2CP12--N4 871TM--DH2CP12--D4
N.C.
NPN 871TM--DH4CN12--A2 871TM--DH4CN12--C2 871TM--DH4CN12--N4 871TM--DH4CN12--D4
4 (0.16) N 70
PNP 871TM--DH4CP12--A2 871TM--DH4CP12--C2 871TM--DH4CP12--N4 871TM--DH4CP12--D4
NPN 871TM--DH5NN18--A2 871TM--DH5NN18--H2 871TM--DH5NN18--N4 871TM- DH5NN18- D4

5 (0.20) Y 60
PNP 871TM--DH5NP18--A2 871TM--DH5NP18--H2 871TM- DH5NP18- N4 871TM- DH5NP18- D4
N.O.
NPN 871TM--DH8NN18--A2 871TM--DH8NN18--H2 871TM--DH8NN18--N4 871TM- DH8NN18- D4
8 (0.31) N 40
PNP 871TM--DH8NP18--A2 871TM--DH8NP18--H2 871TM--DH8NP18--N4 871TM- DH8NP18- D4
18 mm
NPN 871TM--DH5CN18--A2 871TM--DH5CN18--H2 871TM--DH5CN18--N4 871TM--DH5CN18--D4
5 (0.20) Y 60
PNP 871TM--DH5CP18--A2 871TM--DH5CP18--H2 871TM--DH5CP18--N4 871TM--DH5CP18--D4
N.C.
8 (0.31) N 40
NPN 871TM--DH10NN30--A2 871TM--DH10NN30--H2 871TM--DH10NN30--N4 871TM--DH10NN30--D4

10 (0.39) Y 40
N.O.
NPN 871TM--DH15NN30--A2 871TM--DH15NN30--H2 871TM--DH15NN30--N4 871TM--DH15NN30--D4
15 (0.59) N 30
30 mm
10 (0.39) Y 40
N.C.
15 (0.59) N 30
Recommended Standard QD Cordset (--6F = 1.8 m (6 ft), --2 = 2 m (6.5 ft)) 889N--F4AFC--6F 889D--F4AC--2
QD Cordsets and Accessories

Description Page Number
Other Cordsets Available 8-- 2
Terminal Chambers 8-- 2
Mounting Brackets 2-- 210…2-- 214
End Caps 2-- 219, 2-- 220
Mounting Nuts 2-- 221…2-- 222

2-- 23
871TM 3-Wire DC
Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] Wiring Diagrams

Cable Style
LED Normally Open Normally Closed
+ NPN (Sinking) -- + PNP (Sourcing) NPN (Sinking) PNP (Sourcing)
-- + -- + --
2 m (6.5 ft) 10…30V DC 10…30V DC 10…30V DC 10…30V DC
Brown Brown
Brown + -- Brown + --
C + -- Blue Load + -- Load
B Load Black Blue Black
A Load
Black Black
Blue Blue
D
[mm (in.)]
Thread Size Shielded A B C D
Y 26.4 (1.04) 2.5 (0.10)
M12 X 1 12.0 (0.47) 49.8 (1.96)
N 19.5 (0.77) 9.4 (0.37)
Y 2.5 (0.10)
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71) 55.4 (2.18) 41.7 (1.64)
N 14.5 (0.57)
Y 41.9 (1.65) 2.5 (0.10)
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18) 57.9 (2.28)
N 39.4 (1.55) 18.0 (0.71)
Mini QD Style
A Normally Open or Normally Closed
LED NPN (Sinking) PNP (Sourcing)
D
+
--
C Load Load
--
B +
7/8--16UN--2A
-- 10…30V DC + -- 10…30V DC +
[mm (in.)]
Y 25.4 (1.00) 2.5 (0.10)
M12 X 1 12.0 (0.47) 63.5 (2.50)
N 18.5 (0.73) 9.4 (0.37)
Y 35.1 (1.38) 2.5 (0.10)
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71) 56.1 (2.21)
N 29.2 (1.15) 14.5 (0.57)
Y 41.9 (1.65) 2.5 (0.10)
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18) 68.1 (2.68)
N 39.4 (1.55) 18.0 (0.71)
Micro QD Style
NPN (Sinking) PNP (Sourcing)
LED D
C Load
B -- +
-- +
M12 x 1 Load
10…30V DC
-- + -- 10…30V DC +
[mm (in.)]
Y 26.4 (1.04) 2.5 (0.10)
M12 X 1 12.0 (0.47) 61.0 (2.40)
N 28 (1.10) 9.4 (0.37)
Y 2.5 (0.10)
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71) 65.0 (2.56) 41.7 (1.64)
N 14.5 (0.57)
Y 41.9 (1.65) 2.5 (0.10)
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18) 66.3 (2.61)
N 39.4 (1.55) 18.0 (0.71)

871TM 3-Wire DC Extended Sensing
Specifications
Leakage Current ≤0.1 mA
871TM DC Cable Style Voltage Drop ≤2.0V DC at 200 mA

8 mm Repeatability ≤5% at constant temperature
871TM DC Micro
Quick-Disconnect Style Overload Protection Incorporated
12 mm Certifications cULus Listed and CE Marked for all applicable directives
Enclosure IP67
Connections Cable: 2 m (6.5 ft) length PUR
Quick Disconnect: 4-pin micro style
3-pin pico style
LED Yellow: Output energized/360_ LED visibility; flashing LED indicates
target located between 80…100% of rated sensing distance
871TM DC Micro Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 25…+70° (-- 13…+158°)
Quick-Disconnect Style Shock 30 g, 11 ms
18 mm
Vibration 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude, 3 planes
Correction Factors
Target Material Correction Factor
Steel 1.0
Stainless Steel
0.1
(1 mm thick)
Brass 1.2
Aluminum 1.0
871TM DC Micro Copper 0.8
30 mm
Features
S 3-wire operation
S 3-conductor, 4-pin connection
S 10…30V DC
S Short circuit, overload, false pulse,
reverse polarity, and transient noise
protection
output
S Equal sensing for both steel and
aluminum
S cULus Listed and CE Marked for all
applicable directives IMPORTANT Due to the extended sensing capabilities of these
products, special mounting/installation considerations
may be necessary, please refer to publication
871TM--UM001A--EN--P.

Preferred availability cat. nos. are printed in bold. New 2-- 25
Product Selection
Cat. No.
Barrel Nominal Sensing Distance Output Max Switching
Dia. [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] PUR Cable Style Micro QD Style Pico QD Style
NPN 871TM--M3NN8--J2 871TM--M3NN8--D4 871TM--M3NN8--P3
3 (0.12) Y
PNP 871TM--M3NP8--J2 871TM--M3NP8--D4 871TM--M3NP8--P3
N.O.
NPN 871TM--N6NN8--J2 871TM--N6NN8--D4 871TM--N6NN8--P3
6 (0.23) N
PNP 871TM--N6NP8--J2 871TM--N6NP8--D4 871TM--N6NP8--P3
8 mm ≤700
NPN 871TM--M3CN8--J2 871TM--M3CN8--D4 871TM--M3CN8--P3
3 (0.12) Y
PNP 871TM--M3CP8--J2 871TM--M3CP8--D4 871TM--M3CP8--P3
N.C.
NPN 871TM--N6CN8--J2 871TM--N6CN8--D4 871TM--M6CN8--P3
6 (0.23) N
PNP 871TM--N6CP8--J2 871TM--N6CP8--D4 871TM--N6CP8--P3
Recommended standard QD cordset (--2 = 2 m (6.5 ft) PUR 889D--F4AC--2 889P--F3AB--2
Cat. No.
Barrel Nominal Sensing Distance Output Max Switching
Dia. [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] PUR Cable Style Micro QD Style
NPN 871TM--M6NN12--A2 871TM--M6NN12--D4
6 (0.23) Y
PNP 871TM--M6NP12--A2 871TM- M6NP12- D4
N.O.
NPN 871TM--N10NN12--A2 871TM--N10NN12--D4
10 (0.39) N
PNP 871TM--N10NP12--A2 871TM- N10NP12- D4
12 mm 400
NPN 871TM--M6CN12--A2 871TM--M6CN12--D4
6 (0.23) Y
PNP 871TM--M6CP12--A2 871TM--M6CP12--D4
N.C.
NPN 871TM--N10CN12--A2 871TM--N10CN12--D4
10 (0.39) N
PNP 871TM--N10CP12--A2 871TM--N10CP12--D4
10 (0.39) Y
N.O.
20 (0.79) N
PNP 871TM--N20NP18--A2 871TM--N20NP18--D4
18 mm 200
10 (0.39) Y
N.C.
20 (0.79) N
20 (0.79) Y
N.O.
40 (1.57) N
PNP 871TM--N40NP30--A2 871TM--N40NP30--D4
30 mm 80
20 (0.79) Y
N.C.
40 (1.57) N
Recommended Standard QD Cordset (--2 = 2 m (6.5 ft)) 889D--F4AC--2

End Caps 2-- 219, 2-- 220


Cable Style
LED
-- + -- + --
2 m (6.5 ft) 10…30V DC 10…30V DC 10…30V DC 10…30V DC
Brown Brown
C + -- Load Load
B Blue Black + -- Blue Black
A Load Load
Black Black
Blue Blue
D
[mm (in.)]
Y 45 (1.76) —
M8 X 1 8.0 (0.31) 45 (1.76)
N 41 (1.61) 4 (0.16)
Y 50 (1.96) —
M12 X 1 12.0 (0.47)
N 45 (1.77) 5 (0.19)
Y 50 (1.96) —
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71) 50 (1.96)
N 43 (1.69) 7 (0.27)
Y 50 (1.96) —
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18)
N 40 (1.57) 10 (0.39)
Micro QD Style Normally Open Normally Closed

A
NPN (Sinking) PNP (Sourcing) NPN (Sinking) PNP (Sourcing)
D -- +
LED indicators Load Load
+ --
Load
C -- +
B
M12 x 1 10…30V DC Load
-- + -- +
-- 10…30V DC + -- 10…30V DC +
-- 10…30V DC +
[mm (in.)]
Y 46 (1.81) —
M8 X 1 8.0 (0.31) 66 (2.59)
N 42 (1.65) 4 (0.16)
Y 41 (1.61) —
M12 X 1 12.0 (0.47) 60 (2.36)
N 36 (1.42) 5 (0.20)
Y 42.5 (1.67) —
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71) 63.5 (2.5)
N 35.5 (1.40) 7 (0.28)
Y 42.5 (1.67) —
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18) 63.5 (2.5)
N 32.5 (1.28) 10 (0.39)
Pico QD Style
Normally Open or Normally Closed
4 porthole A
LED indicators NPN (Sinking) PNP (Sourcing)
D -- +
Load
C Load
+
--
B
+ 10…30V DC -- + 10…30V DC --
[mm (in.)]
Thread Size Smooth Diameter Shielded A B (max) C (min) D (max)

Y 45.5 (1.79) —
M8 X 1 — 8.0 (0.31) 60 (2.35)
N 41.5 (1.63) 4.0 (0.16)

2-- 27
871TM 3-Wire DC Ferrous or Nonferrous Selective
Specifications
Operating Voltage 10…30 V DC
12, 18, 30 mm
871TM DC Mini Certifications UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked for all applicable directives
Quick-Disconnect Style (May not be available for some special order models.)
12, 18, 30 mm
Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13 IP67 (IEC529) all models;
1200 psi (8270 kPa) washdown; stainless steel face and barrel;
A2-- 3-conductor PVC
C2--3-conductor #22 AWG ToughLink™
H2--3-conductor #18 AWG ToughLink
4-pin micro style
871TM DC Micro
Quick-Disconnect Style LEDs Red: Output Energized
12, 18, 30 mm Green: Power/Short Circuit (flashing)—18 mm models only
Features Shock 30 g, 11 ms
S 3-wire operation Vibration 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude, 3 planes
S 3-conductor or 4-pin connection

Correction Factors
S 10…30V DC Correction Factor
S Ferrous or nonferrous selective Target Ferrous Nonferrous
sensing Material Selective Selective
S Short circuit, overload, false pulse, Steel 1.0 0.0
reverse polarity, and transient noise Stainless Steel 0…1.0 0…1.0
protection Brass 0.0 1.0
S Normally open or normally closed Aluminum 0.0 1.0

output Aluminum
0.0 1.0
>0.003 Thick
Copper 0.0 1.0
Variation due to differences in alloy composition.
(may not be available for some
special order models)
Note: AC/DC models also available as

special order items. Consult your local
Rockwell Automation sales office or
Allen-Bradley distributor for details.

Product Selection
Nominal Cat. No.
Sensing Output
Barrel Distance Configura- Switching Target
Dia. [mm (in.)] Shielded tion Freq. [Hz] Type PVC Cable ToughLink Cable Mini QD Style Micro QD Style
PNP 871TM--DF1NP12--A2 871TM--DF1NP12--C2 871TM--DF1NP12--N4 871TM--DF1NP12--D4
N.O.
NPN 871TM--DF1NN12--A2 871TM--DF1NN12--C2 871TM--DF1NN12--N4 871TM--DF1NN12--D4
1 (0.04) Ferrous
PNP 871TM--DF1CP12--A2 871TM--DF1CP12--C2 871TM--DF1CP12--N4 871TM--DF1CP12--D4
N.C.
NPN 871TM--DF1CN12--A2 871TM--DF1CN12--C2 871TM--DF1CN12--N4 871TM--DF1CN12--D4
12 mm 25
PNP — 871TM--DN2NP12--C2 871TM--DN2NP12--N4 871TM--DN2NP12--D4
N.O.
NPN — 871TM--DN2NN12--C2 871TM--DN2NN12--N4 871TM--DN2NN12--D4
Nonfer-
2 (0.08)
PNP rous — 871TM--DN2CP12--C2 871TM--DN2CP12--N4 871TM--DN2CP12--D4
N.C.
NPN — 871TM--DN2CN12--C2 871TM--DN2CN12--N4 871TM--DN2CN12--D4
PNP — 871TM--DF3NP18--H2 871TM--DF3NP18--N4 871TM--DF3NP18--D4

N.O.
NPN — 871TM--DF3NN18--H2 871TM--DF3NN18--N4 871TM--DF3NN18--D4
3 (0.12) 10 Ferrous
PNP — 871TM--DF3CP18--H2 871TM--DF3CP18--N4 871TM--DF3CP18--D4
N.C.
NPN — 871TM--DF3CN18--H2 871TM--DF3CN18--N4 871TM--DF3CN18--D4
18 mm Y
PNP 871TM--DN5NP18--A2 871TM--DN5NP18--H2 871TM--DN5NP18--N4 871TM--DN5NP18--D4
N.O.
NPN — 871TM--DN5NN18--H2 871TM--DN5NN18--N4 871TM--DN5NN18--D4
Nonfer-
5 (0.20) 20
PNP rous — 871TM--DN5CP18--H2 871TM--DN5CP18--N4 871TM--DN5CP18--D4
N.C.
NPN — 871TM--DN5CN18--H2 871TM--DN5CN18--N4 871TM--DN5CN18--D4
PNP — 871TM--DF8NP30--H2 871TM--DF8NP30--N4 871TM--DF8NP30--D4

N.O.
NPN — 871TM--DF8NN30--H2 871TM--DF8NN30--N4 871TM--DF8NN30--D4
7.5 (0.30) Ferrous
PNP — 871TM--DF8CP30--H2 871TM--DF8CP30--N4 871TM--DF8CP30--D4
N.C.
NPN — 871TM--DF8CN30--H2 871TM--DF8CN30--N4 871TM--DF8CN30--D4
30 mm 15
PNP 871TM--DN10NP30--A2 871TM--DN10NP30--H2 871TM--DN10NP30--N4 871TM--DN10NP30--D4
N.O.
NPN — 871TM--DN10NN30--H2 871TM--DN10NN30--N4 871TM--DN10NN30--D4
Nonfer-
10 (0.39)
PNP rous — 871TM--DN10CP30--H2 871TM--DN10CP30--N4 871TM--DN10CP30--D4
N.C.
NPN — 871TM--DN10CN30--H2 871TM--DN10CN30--N4 871TM--DN10CN30--D4
Available as a special order item. AC/DC models also available. Specifications and dimensions subject to change. Fifteen piece minimum order required. Consult your
local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for prices and lead times.

End Caps 2-- 219, 2-- 220

2-- 29

Cable Style
LEDs Normally Open Normally Closed
2m NPN (Sinking) PNP (Sourcing) NPN (Sinking) PNP (Sourcing)
(6.5 ft)
+ -- + -- + -- + --
10…30V DC 10…30V DC 10…30V DC 10…30V DC
Brown Brown
C + -- + --
A B Blue Load Blue Load
Load Black Load Black
Black Black
D Blue Blue
Available for 18 mm models only
[mm (in.)]
Thread Size Shielded Target Type A B C D
M12 X 1 Ferrous and Nonferrous 12.0 (0.47) 51.0 (2.01) 27.5 (1.08) —
Ferrous 18.0 (0.71) 76.8 (3.02) 65.0 (2.56) —
M18 X 1 Y
Nonferrous 18.0 (0.71) 74.7 (2.94) 60.0 (2.36) 2.5 (0.10)
M30 X 1.5 Ferrous and Nonferrous 30.0 (1.18) 77.5 (3.05) 63.0 (2.48) 2.5 (0.10)
Mini QD Style
A NPN (Sinking) PNP (Sourcing)
LEDs
D
-- +
Load Load
C + --
B
7/8--16UN--2A -- 10…30V DC + -- 10…30V DC +
[mm (in.)]
M12 X 1 Ferrous and Nonferrous 12.0 (0.47) 61.3 (2.45) 30.4 (1.20) —
Ferrous 18.0 (0.71) 78.5 (3.14) 60.0 (2.40) —
M18 X 1 Y
Nonferrous 18.0 (0.71) 76.6 (3.02) 54.9 (2.16) 2.5 (0.10)
M30 X 1.5 Ferrous and Nonferrous 30.0 (1.18) 86.0 (3.39) 63.5 (2.50) 2.5 (0.10)
Micro QD Style
LEDs NPN (Sinking) PNP (Sourcing)
D
Load
C -- +
-- Load +
10…30V DC
B
-- + -- 10…30V DC +
M12 x 1
Available for 18 mm models only
[mm (in.)]
M12 X 1 Ferrous and Nonferrous 12.0 (0.47) 62.3 (2.45) 30.4 (1.20) 0.9 (0.04)
Y Ferrous 18.0 (0.71) 85.0 (3.35) 65.5 (2.58) 2.0 (0.08)
M18 X 1
Nonferrous 18.0 (0.71) 84.3 (3.32) 60.0 (2.36) 2.5 (0.10)
M30 X 1.5 Y Ferrous and Nonferrous 30.0 (1.18) 85.5 (3.37) 63.0 (2.48) 2.5 (0.10)

871TM 3-Wire DC Submersible
Specifications
Capacitive Load ≤ 1μF
18 mm
Features
S 3-wire operation Reverse Polarity Protection Incorporated
S 3-conductor or 4-pin connection Short Circuit Protection Incorporated (trigger at 340 mA typical)
S 10…30V DC Overload Protection Incorporated
S Short circuit, overload, false pulse, Certifications cULus Listed and CE Marked for all applicable directives
reverse polarity and transient noise Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13; IP68 (IEC529) and IP69K (IEC
protection 529); 1200 psi (8270 kPa) washdown; stainless steel face and barrel;
S Normally open or normally closed Connections Cable: 5 m (16.4 ft) length
output 3-conductor #18 AWG ToughLink
LED None
applicable directives Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 25…+70° (-- 13…+158°)
Shock 30 g, 11 ms
Correction Factors
Steel 1.0
Brass 0.3…0.5
Aluminum 0.1…0.4
Aluminum ≤0.020 Thick 0.9…1.1
Copper 0.4…0.6

871TM 3-Wire DC Submersible
Product Selection
Barrel Nominal Sensing Distance Output Switching Cat. No.
Diameter [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] Cable Style
NPN 871TM--DX14
5 (0.20) Y 60
PNP 871TM--DX15
N.O.
NPN 871TM--DX16
8 (0.31) N 40
PNP 871TM--DX09
18 mm
NPN 871TM--DX17
5 (0.20) Y 60
PNP 871TM--DX18
N.C.
NPN 871TM--DX19
8 (0.31) N 40
PNP 871TM--DX20
Note: These models are available as special order items. AC/DC and other DC models also available. Consult the factory for details.

End Caps 2-- 219, 2-- 220

Cable Style
-- + -- + --
5 m (16.4 10…30V DC 10…30V DC 10…30V DC 10…30V DC
ft) Brown Brown
C + -- Blue Load + -- Load
Black Load Black
A B Load Blue
Black Black
Blue Blue
D
[mm (in.)]

Y 2.5 (0.10)
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71) 55.4 (2.18) 41.7 (1.64)
N 14.5 (0.57)

871TM 2-Wire DC
Specifications
Minimum Load Current 2 mA
871TM DC Cable Style Voltage Drop ≤8V
12, 18, 30 mm Repeatability 10% typical
Short Circuit Protection Incorporated
Certifications UL Listed, CSA Certified and CE Marked for all applicable directives
871TM DC Mini Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 6P, 12, 13; IP67 (IEC 529) all models;
Quick-Disconnect Style 1200 psi (8270 kPa) washdown; stainless steel face and barrel;
12, 18, 30 mm ToughLink™ and micro connector versions are also rated IP69K (IEC 529)
A2—2-conductor #22 AWG PVC
C2—2-conductor #22 AWG ToughLink
H2—2-conductor #18 AWG ToughLink
4-pin micro style
LED Red: Output energized
871TM DC Micro
Quick-Disconnect Style Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 25…+70° (-- 13…+158°)
12, 18, 30 mm Shock 30 g,11 ms
Features
S 2-wire operation Correction Factors
S 2-conductor or 4-pin connection Target Material Correction Factor
S 10…30V DC Steel 1.0
Brass 0.3…0.5
output
Aluminum 0.1…0.4
S Short circuit, overload, false pulse, Aluminum ≤0.020 Thick 0.9…1.1
Copper 0.4…0.6
protection
S UL Listed, CSA Certified and CE

2-- 33
871TM 2-Wire DC
Product Selection
Nominal
Sensing Switching Cat. No.
Barrel Distance Output Frequency
Dia. [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration [Hz] PVC Cable ToughLink™ Cable Mini QD Style Micro QD Style
2 (0.08) Y 871TM--DH2NE12--A2 871TM--DH2NE12--C2 871TM--DH2NE12--N4 871TM- DH2NE12- D4
N.O. 75
4 (0.16) N 871TM--DH4NE12--A2 871TM--DH4NE12--C2 871TM--DH4NE12--N4 871TM--DH4NE12--D4
12 mm
2 (0.08) Y 871TM--DH2CE12--A2 871TM--DH2CE12--C2 871TM--DH2CE12--N4 871TM--DH2CE12--D4
N.C. 70
4 (0.16) N 871TM--DH4CE12--A2 871TM--DH4CE12--C2 871TM--DH4CE12--N4 871TM--DH4CE12--D4
5 (0.20) Y 871TM--DH5NE18--A2 871TM--DH5NE18--H2 871TM--DH5NE18--N4 871TM--DH5NE18--D4
N.O. 60
8 (0.31) N 871TM--DH8NE18--A2 871TM--DH8NE18--H2 871TM--DH8NE18--N4 871TM--DH8NE18--D4
18 mm
5 (0.20) Y 871TM--DH5CE18--A2 871TM--DH5CE18--H2 871TM--DH5CE18--N4 871TM--DH5CE18--D4
N.C. 40
8 (0.31) N 871TM--DH8CE18--A2 871TM--DH8CE18--H2 871TM--DH8CE18--N4 871TM--DH8CE18--D4
10 (0.39) Y 871TM--DH10NE30--A2 871TM--DH10NE30--H2 871TM--DH10NE30--N4 871TM--DH10NE30-D4
N.O. 40
15 (0.59) N 871TM--DH15NE30--A2 871TM--DH15NE30--H2 871TM--DH15NE30--N4 871TM--DH15NE30-D4
30 mm
10 (0.39) Y 871TM--DH10CE30--A2 871TM--DH10CE30--H2 871TM--DH10CE30--N4 871TM--DH10CE30--D4
N.C. 30
15 (0.59) N 871TM--DH15CE30--A2 871TM--DH15CE30--H2 871TM--DH15CE30--N4 871TM--DH15CE30--D4

End Caps 2-- 219, 2-- 220

Cable Style
+ -- + --
2 m (6.5 ft) 10…30V DC 10…30V DC

+ -- + --
Load Load
Brown Blue Brown Blue
C
A B
Note: Load can be switched to brown wire

D
[mm (in.)]
Y 26.4 (1.04) 2.5 (0.10)
M12 X 1 12.0 (0.47) 49.8 (1.96)
N 19.5 (0.77) 9.4 (0.37)
Y 2.5 (0.10)
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71) 55.4 (2.18) 41.7 (1.64)
N 14.5 (0.57)
Y 41.9 (1.65) 2.5 (0.10)
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18) 57.9 (2.28)
N 39.4 (1.55) 18.0 (0.71)

871TM 2-Wire DC
Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] (continued) Wiring Diagrams

Mini Quick-Disconnect Style
LED
D
-- +
Load
C -- +
10…30V DC
B
Note: Load can be switched to pin 2.
7/8--16UN--2A
[mm (in.)]
Y 25.4 (1.00) 2.5 (0.10)
M12 X 1 12.0 (0.47) 63.5 (2.50)
N 18.5 (0.73) 9.4 (0.37)
Y 35.1 (1.38) 2.5 (0.10)
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71) 56.1 (2.21)
N 29.2 (1.15) 14.5 (0.57)
Y 41.9 (1.65) 2.5 (0.10)
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18) 68.1 (2.68)
N 39.4 (1.55) 18.0 (0.71)
Micro Quick-Disconnect Style

LED
D
+ --
Load
C + --
10…30V DC
B
M12 x 1 Note: Load can be switched to pin 3.
[mm (in.)]
Y 26.4 (1.04) 2.5 (0.10)
M12 X 1 12.0 (0.47) 61.0 (2.40)
N 19.6 (0.77) 9.4 (0.37)
Y 2.5 (0.10)
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71) 65.0 (2.56) 41.7 (1.64)
N 14.5 (0.57)
Y 41.9 (1.65) 2.5 (0.10)
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18) 66.3 (2.61)
N 39.4 (1.55) 18.0 (0.71)

2-- 35
871TM Intrinsically Safe, 2-Wire DC
Stainless Steel Face and Barrel
Specifications
Outputs Normally Open
Max. Load Current 25 mA
Min. Load Current 2 mA
Leakage Current <1.0 mA
871TM Intrinsically Safe
Cable Style Operating Voltage 10…31.5V DC
Voltage Drop <8V DC
Repeatability 10% typical
871TM Intrinsically Safe
Micro Quick-Disconnect Style False Pulse Protection Incorporated
Description Short Circuit Protection Incorporated
These special 871TM models are Overload Protection Incorporated

approved as Intrinsically Safe for use in Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13, IP67 (IEC 529) all models;
hazardous areas. These special models 1200 psi (8270 kPa) washdown; stainless steel face and barrel;
are designed for use in Division 1, 2; ToughLink™ and micro connector versions are also rated IP69K (IEC 529)
Class I, II, III; Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G Certifications FM and CSA Approved for
areas when used in conjunction with an - Class I, II, III; Divisions 1, 2; Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G when
appropriate Intrinsically Safe approved used in conjunction with an approved intrinsic safety barrier
zener diode barrier. Recommended - Class I, II, III; Division 2; Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G without
barriers are available from Rockwell intrinsic safety barrier
(See control drawing 75001-- 437 for approval details and wiring diagrams)
Automation/Allen-Bradley. These
approved units can also be used in Connections Cable: 2 m (6.5 ft) length
Division 2 locations without a barrier. A2 - 2 conductor #22AWG PVC
C2 - 2 conductor #22AWG ToughLink
H2 - 2 conductor #18 AWG ToughLink
Features Quick Disconnect: 4-pin micro style
• 2-wire operation LED Red: Output Energized
• 2 conductor or 4 pin connection Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 25…70_ (-- 13…158_)

Shock 30 g, 11 ms
• 10…31.5V DC
• Normally open output
Correction Factors
• Short circuit, overload, false pulse,
transient noise, and reverse polarity Target Material Correction Factor
protection Steel 1.0
• FM and CSA entity approved
Brass 0.3…0.5
Aluminum 0.1…0.4
Aluminum ≤0.020 Thick 0.9…1.1
Copper 0.4…0.6
Entity Parameters
Sensor Barrier
Vmax 31.5V Vt ATTENTION
≥
Operating
Imax 130 mA ≥ It
parameters must be
Pmax 1.25 W ≥ Pt
adhered to.
Ci 0 μF ≤ Ca
Li 0 mH ≤ La

Product Selection
Cat. No.
Nominal Sensing
Barrel Distance Output Switching ToughLinkt
Dia. [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] PVC Cable Cable Micro QD Style
2 (0.08) Y 871TM--DR2NE12--A2 871TM--DR2NE12--C2 871TM--DR2NE12--D4
12 mm 75
4 (0.16) N 871TM--DR4NE12--A2 871TM--DR4NE12--C2 871TM--DR4NE12--D4
5 (0.20) Y 871TM--DR5NE18--A2 871TM--DR5NE18--H2 871TM--DR5NE18--D4

18 mm N.O. 60
8 (0.31) N 871TM--DR8NE18--A2 871TM--DR8NE18--H2 871TM--DR8NE18--D4
10 (0.39) Y 871TM--DR10NE30--A2 871TM--DR10NE30--H2 871TM--DR10NE30--D4

30 mm 40
15 (0.59) N 871TM--DR15NE30--A2 871TM--DR15NE30--H2 871TM--DR15NE30--D4
Recommended Standard QD Cordset (--2 = 2 m (6.5 ft)) 889D--F4LC--2

Intrinsically Safe wiring labels 897H--L1 or 897H--L2 must be applied every 7.6 m (25 ft).

Zener Diode Barriers NO TAG
Intrinsically Safe Wiring Labels 12-- 8

Cable Style
LED See pages 2--39 and 2--40.
2 m (6.5 ft)
C B
A
[mm (in.)]
Y 38.4 (1.51) 2.5 (0.10)
M12 x 1 12.0 (0.47) 72.1 (2.84)
N 31.5 (1.24) 9.4 (0.37)
Y 60.0 (2.36) 2.5 (0.10)

M18 x 1 18.0 (0.71) 74.7 (2.94)
N 48.2 (1.90) 14.4 (0.56)
Y 61.3 (2.41) 2.5 (0.10)

M30 x 1.5 30.0 (1.18) 77.2 (3.04)
N 41.6 (1.64) 17.9 (0.70)

2-- 37

Micro QD Style
A See pages 2--39 and 2--40.
LED
D
C
B
M12 x 1
[mm (in.)]

Y 38.4 (1.51) 2.5 (0.10)
M12 x 1 12.0 (0.47) 72.1 (2.84)
N 31.5 (1.24) 9.4 (0.37)
Y 60.0 (2.36) 2.5 (0.10)

M18 x 1 18.0 (0.71) 74.7 (2.94)
N 48.2 (1.90) 14.4 (0.56)
Y 61.3 (2.41) 2.5 (0.10)

M30 x 1.5 30.0 (1.18) 77.2 (3.04)
N 41.6 (1.64) 17.9 (0.70)


Division 1 Installation Wiring Diagrams
Rockwell Automation Cat. No.: 871TM-- DRaNEb-- c

where:
a = nominal operating distance [2, 5, or 10 (mm, shielded); 4, 8, or 15 (mm, unshielded)]
b = 12, 18, or 30 (mm, housing diameter)
c = A2 (2 meter PVC cable), D4 (4-pin micro connector), C2 (2 meter ToughLinkt cable - 12 mm),
or H2 (2 meter ToughLink cable - 18 and 30 mm)
Hazardous Location Nonhazardous Location

(recommended AB barriers can be installed in Div 2 area)
Class I, II, III, Division 1, Group A, B, C, D, E, F, G
Class I, II, III, Division 2, Group A, B, C, D, F, G
Power Supply
Inductive Proximity Zener Diode Barriers
& Load Circuits
871TM--DR Series
Entity Parameters: Entity Parameters:

Vmax = 31.5V Vt or Voc <= 31.5V
Imax = 130 mA Ci = 0 μF It or Isc <= 130 mA Ca >= Ccable
Pmax = 1.25 W Li = 0 mH Pt <= 1.25 W La >= Lcable
Cable
Barrier Bus 24V DC Nom.
(Pin 3) A-B #897H--S214 26V DC max
Brown Power Supply (+)
3 1
Sinking PLC
Input
(Pin 4) Supply and

Blue 4 2 Signal Return
( -- )
Supply Return
Sourcing Output Wiring Earth Ground

(less than 1 ohm)
871TM--DR Series

Cable
Brown (Pin 3) Sourcing PLC

Input 24V DC Nom.
Power 26V DC max
Barrier Bus Supply (+)
A-B #897H--S120
3 1
Blue (Pin 4) 4 Supply and Signal Return

2
( -- )
Sinking Output Wiring Earth Ground 75001- 437- 01(C)

(less than 1 ohm) March 1998
Page 1 of 2
ATTENTION
Operating parameters must be adhered to.

2-- 39

Division 1 Installation Wiring Diagrams (continued)
Hazardous Location Nonhazardous Location

(recommended AB barriers can be installed in Div 2 area)
Class I, II, III, Division 1, Group A, B, C, D, E, F, G
Class I, II, III, Division 2, Group A, B, C, D, F, G
Power Supply
Inductive Proximity Zener Diode Barriers
& Load Circuits
871TM--DR Series
Cable
Barrier Bus Sourcing PLC 24V DC Nom.
A-B #897H--S233 Input Power 26V DC max
Brown (Pin 3) Supply (+)
3 1
Sourcing PLC
Input
(Pin 4) 4 2
Blue
Supply Return
( -- )
Earth Ground
(less than 1 ohm)
Cable
Brown (Pin 3)
(Pin 4)
Blue
Dual Sinking Output Wiring
Factory Mutual Installation Notes:

Installation must be in accordance with the National Electrical CodeR (NFPA 70, Article 504), ANSI/ISA--RP12.6, and the manufacturer’s instructions.
If the electrical parameters of the cable used are unknown, the following values may be used: Capacitance -- 60 pF/ft.; Inductance -- 0.20 μH/ft.
The wiring between each Inductive Proximity Sensor and its corresponding channel of the dual-channel barrier is a separate intrinsically safe circuit. Each of the two separate
intrinsically safe circuits shall be in separate cables or shall be separated from each other as specified in NEC 504--30. The supply return conductors may be connected at the
barrier’s grounding terminal.
The Barrier bus must be insulated from other grounded metal. Use DIN Rail Mounting Kit, Rockwell Automation #64--136.
The maximum nonhazardous location voltage must not exceed 250V AC or DC.
Barriers are not required for Division 2 (31.5V DC max.). Division 2 applications must be installed in accordance with the NEC.
WARNING: Substitution of components may impair Intrinsic Safety.
No revision to drawing without prior FMRC approval.
Canadian Standards Association Installation Notes:

Installation must be in accordance with the Canadian Electrical Code (Part I), ANSI/ISA--RP12.6, and the manufacturer’s instructions.
If the electrical parameters of the cable used are unknown, the following values may be used: Capacitance -- 60 pF/ft.; Inductance -- 0.20 μH/ft.
The wiring between each Inductive Proximity Sensor and its corresponding channel of the dual-channel barrier is a separate intrinsically safe circuit. Each of the two separate
intrinsically safe circuits shall be in separate cables or shall be separated from each other as specified in CEC. The supply return conductors may be connected at the barrier’s
grounding terminal.
The Barrier bus must be insulated from other grounded metal. Use DIN Rail Mounting Kit, Allen-Bradley #64--136.
The maximum nonhazardous location voltage must not exceed 250V AC or DC.
Barriers are not required for Division 2 (31.5V DC max.). Division 2 applications must be installed in accordance with the CEC.
In Division 2 applications without barriers observe the following warnings:
WARNING: EXPLOSION HAZARD. Do not disconnect equipment unless power has been switched off or the area is known to be nonhazardous. 75001- 437- 01(C)
WARNING: Substitution of components may impair Intrinsic Safety. March 1998
¡ No revision to drawing without prior CSA approval. Page 2 of 2
ATTENTION
These parameters must be adhered to.

871TM 2-Wire AC/DC
Specifications
12 mm 18 & 30 mm
Load Current 5…200 mA 5…250 mA
Inrush Current (1 cycle) ≤2 A ≤4 A
Leakage Current ≤1.9 mA @ 120V AC
Operating Voltage 20…250V AC/DC
871TM AC/DC Cable Style Voltage Drop ≤10V @ 5…200 mA ≤10V @ 5…250 mA
12, 18, 30 mm Repeatability ≤10% at constant temperature
Short-Circuit Protection Trigger @ 5 A typical Trigger @ 8 A typical
Overload Protection Trigger @ 260 mA typical Trigger @ 320 mA typical
871TM AC/DC Mini Certifications UL Listed, CSA Certified and CE Marked for all applicable directives
Quick-Disconnect Style Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13 IP67 (IEC 529) all models;
12, 18, 30 mm 1200 psi (8270 kPa) washdown; stainless steel face and barrel;
871TM AC/DC Micro Quick-Disconnect: 3-pin mini style
3-pin micro style
4-pin EAC micro style
12, 18, 30 mm
LEDs Red: Output energized
Green: Power
Short circuit: Red and green flashing
Shock 30 g,11 ms
871TM AC/DC EAC Micro Vibration 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude, 3 planes
12 mm
Correction Factors
Features
Steel 1.0
S 2-wire operation Stainless Steel 0.9…1.0
S 2-conductor, 3-conductor, 3-pin or Brass 0.3…0.5
4-pin connection Aluminum 0.1…0.4
S 20…250V AC/DC Aluminum ≤0.020 Thick 0.9…1.1
Copper 0.4…0.6
output
S Short-circuit, false pulse, overload,
and transient noise protection

2-- 41
871TM 2-Wire AC/DC
Product Selection
Nominal
Sensing Cat. No.
Distance Output Switching
Barrel [mm Config- Frequency ToughLink™ EAC Micro
Dia. (in.)] Shielded uration [Hz] PVC Cable Cable Mini QD Style Micro QD Style QD Style
N.O. 35 871TM--B3N12--A2 871TM--B3N12--C2 871TM--B3N12--N3 871TM- B3N12- R3 —
3 (0.12) Y
N.C. 30 871TM--B3C12--A2 871TM--B3C12--C2 871TM--B3C12--N3 871TM--B3C12--R3 —
12 mm
N.O. 20 871TM--B4N12--A2 871TM--B4N12--C2 871TM--B4N12--N3 871TM- B4N12- R3 871TM--B4N12--B4
4 (0.16) N
N.C. 15 871TM--B4C12--A2 871TM--B4C12--C2 871TM--B4C12--N3 871TM--B4C12--R3 —
N.O. 20 871TM- B5N18- A2 871TM- B5N18- H2 871TM- B5N18- N3 871TM- B5N18- R3 —
5 (0.20) Y
N.C. 15 871TM--B5C18--A2 871TM--B5C18--H2 871TM--B5C18--N3 871TM--B5C18--R3 —
18 mm
N.O. 15 871TM--B8N18--A2 871TM- B8N18- H2 871TM- B8N18- N3 871TM- B8N18- R3 —
8 (0.31) N
N.O. 15 871TM- B10N30- A2 871TM--B10N30--H2 871TM- B10N30- N3 871TM- B10N30- R3 —
10 (0.39) Y
30 mm
N.O. 12 871TM- B15N30- A2 871TM- B15N30- H2 871TM- B15N30- N3 871TM- B15N30- R3 —
15 (0.59) N
Recommended Standard QD Cordset (--6F = 1.8 m (6 ft), --2 = 2 m (6.5 ft)) 889N--F3AFC--6F 889R--F3ECA--2 889B--F3AC--2

End Caps 2-- 219, 2-- 220

Cable Style
Brown Brown
2 m (6.5 ft)
Blue Blue
Load Load
Green Green
C B
A
D Note 1: No green wire on 12 mm and on sensors with PVC cable (--A2).

Attach housing to ground.
Note 2: Load can be switched to brown wire.
[mm (in.)]
Y 38.4 (1.51) 2.5 (0.10)
M12 x 1 12.0 (0.47) 72.1 (2.84)
N 31.5 (1.24) 9.4 (0.37)
Y 60.0 (2.36) 2.5 (0.10)
M18 x 1 18.0 (0.71) 74.7 (2.94)
N 48.2 (1.90) 14.4 (0.56)
Y 61.3 (2.41) 2.5 (0.10)
M30 x 1.5 30.0 (1.18) 77.2 (3.04)
N 41.6 (1.64) 17.9 (0.70)

871TM 2-Wire AC/DC

LEDs
Ground
D
C
Load
B
7/8--16UN--2A Note 1: No ground pin on 12 mm. Attach housing to
ground.
Note 2: Load can be switched to pin 3.
[mm (in.)]
Y 37.8 (1.49) 2.5 (0.10)
M12 X 1 12.0 (0.47) 85.6 (3.37)
N 31.7 (1.25) 9.4 (0.37)
Y 54.9 (2.16) 2.5 (0.10)
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71) 76.6 (3.02)
N 43.1 (1.70) 14.4 (0.56)
Y 61.3 (2.41) 2.5 (0.10)
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18) 86.4 (3.40)
N 41.6 (1.64) 17.9 (0.70)

LEDs Ground
D 1
2 3 Load
C
B Note 1: No ground pin on 12 mm. Attach housing to
1/2--20 UNF--2A ground.
[mm (in.)]
Y 12.0 (0.47) 87.3 (3.44) 38.4 (1.51) 2.5 (0.10)
M12 X 1
N 12.0 (0.47) 87.3 (3.44) 31.5 (1.24) 9.4 (0.37)
Y 18.0 (0.71) 84.3 (3.32) 60.0 (2.36) 2.5 (0.10)

M18 X 1
N 18.0 (0.71) 84.3 (3.32) 48.2 (1.90) 14.4 (0.56)
Y 30.0 (1.18) 85.7 (3.37) 61.3 (2.41) 2.5 (0.10)

M30 X 1.5
N 30.0 (1.18) 85.7 (3.37) 46.1 (1.81) 17.9 (0.70)
EAC Micro Quick-Disconnect Style

A Normally Open
LEDs
D 2 1
3 4
C
Load
B
M12 x 1 Note 1: No ground pin. Attach housing to ground.
[mm (in.)]
M12 X 1 N 12.0 (0.47) 83.0 (3.27) 31.7 (1.25) 9.4 (0.37)

2-- 43
871TM 2-Wire AC/DC PLC Interfacer
Specifications
Load Current 2…25 mA
Leakage Current ≤0.9 mA at 24V DC
≤1.7 mA at 20…120V AC/DC;
≤2.5 mA at 121…250V AC/DC
871TM AC/DC Cable Style Voltage Drop ≤8V at 25 mA DC
12, 18, 30 mm ≤10V at 25 mA AC
Radio Frequency Protection 10V per meter
Frequency range 20…1000MHz
871TM AC/DC Mini
Quick-Disconnect Style Certifications UL Listed, CSA Certified and CE Marked for all applicable directives
12, 18, 30 mm Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13, IP67 (IEC 529) all models;
1200 psi (8270 kPa) washdown; stainless steel face and barrel;
3-pin micro style
4-pin EAC micro style
871TM AC/DC Micro
12, 18, 30 mm Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 25…+70° (-- 13…+158°)
Shock 30 g, 11 ms
Correction Factors
871TM AC/DC EAC Micro Target Material Correction Factor

Quick-Disconnect Style Steel 1.0
12 mm Stainless Steel 0.8…1.0
Brass 0.4…0.7
Features Aluminum 0.4…0.7
S Designed for low load current PLC, Copper 0.2…0.5
I/O, and PC applications
S 2-wire operation
S 2-conductor, 3-pin or 4-pin
connection
S 20…250V AC/DC
output
S False pulse, transient noise, and
radio frequency protection

Product Selection
Nominal
Cat. No.
Sensing
Barrel [mm Config- Frequency ToughLinkt EAC Micro
Dia. (in.)] Shielded uration [Hz] PVC Cable Cable Mini QD Style Micro QD Style QD Style
2 (0.08) Y 75 871TM--BH2N12--A2 871TM--BH2N12--C2 871TM--BH2N12--N3 871TM- BH2N12- R3 871TM--BH2N12--B4
12 mm N.O.
4 (0.16) N 35 871TM--BH4N12--A2 871TM--BH4N12--C2 871TM--BH4N12--N3 871TM- BH4N12- R3 —
5 (0.20) Y 65 871TM- BH5N18- A2 871TM- BH5N18- H2 871TM- BH5N18- N3 871TM- BH5N18- R3 —

18 mm N.O.
8 (0.31) N 30 871TM--BH8N18--A2 871TM- BH8N18- H2 871TM- BH8N18- N3 871TM- BH8N18- R3 —
10 (0.39) Y 45 871TM--BH10N30--A2 871TM- BH10N30- H2 871TM- BH10N30- N3 871TM- BH10N30- R3 —

30 mm N.O.
15 (0.59) N 20 871TM--BH15N30--A2 871TM- BH15N30- H2 871TM- BH15N30- N3 871TM- BH15N30- R3 —
Recommended Standard QD Cordset (--6F = 1.8 m (6 ft), --2 = 2 m (6.5 ft)) 889N--F3AFC--6F 889R--F3ECA--2 889B--F3AC--2
Note: Normally closed models available as special order items. Fifteen piece minimum order required. Consult your local Rockwell
Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for prices and lead times.

End Caps 2-- 219, 2-- 220

Cable Style
LED Normally Open
2 m (6.5 ft) Brown
Blue
Load
C
B
A Note 1: Attach housing to ground.
D
[mm (in.)]
Y 26.4 (1.04) 2.5 (0.10)
M12 X 1 12.0 (0.47) 49.8 (1.96)
N 19.5 (0.77) 9.4 (0.37)
Y 2.5 (0.10)
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71) 55.4 (2.18) 41.7 (1.64)
N 14.5 (0.57)
Y 41.9 (1.65) 2.5 (0.10)
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18) 57.9 (2.28)
N 39.4 (1.55) 18.0 (0.71)

2-- 45

A Normally Open
LED
D
C
Load
B
Note 1: Attach housing to ground.
7/8--16UN--2A Note 2: Load can be switched to pin 3.
[mm (in.)]
Y 25.4 (1.00) 2.5 (0.10)
M12 X 1 12.0 (0.47) 63.5 (2.50)
N 18.5 (0.73) 9.4 (0.37)
Y 35.1 (1.38) 2.5 (0.10)
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71) 56.1 (2.21)
N 29.2 (1.15) 14.5 (0.57)
Y 41.9 (1.65) 2.5 (0.10)
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18) 68.1 (2.68)
N 39.4 (1.55) 18.0 (0.71)

A Normally Open
LED Ground
D 1
2 3 Load
C
B Note 1: Attach housing to ground.
1/2--20 UNF--2A Note 2: Load can be switched to pin 2.
[mm (in.)]
Y 26.4 (1.04) 2.5 (0.10)
M12 X 1 12.0 (0.47) 61.0 (2.40)
N 19.6 (0.77) 9.4 (0.37)
Y 2.5 (0.10)
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71) 65.0 (2.56) 41.7 (1.64)
N 14.5 (0.57)
Y 41.9 (1.65) 2.5 (0.10)
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18) 66.3 (2.61)
N 39.4 (1.55) 18.0 (0.71)
EAC Micro Quick-Disconnect Style

A Normally Open
LED
D 2 1
3 4
C
Load
B
M12 x 1 Note 1: No ground pin. Attach housing to ground.

[mm (in.)]
M12 X 1 Y 12.0 (0.47) 61.0 (2.40) 26.4 (1.04) 2.5 (0.10)

Bulletin 872C WorldProxt
General Purpose Cylindrical
Description Features Styles

Bulletin 872C WorldProx inductive
proximity sensors are self--contained, S Threaded nickel--plated brass barrel DC 3-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--48
general purpose, solid--state devices (optional stainless steel barrel) DC 3-Wire Short Barrel . . . . page 2--52
designed to sense the presence of S Threaded platic barrel (3--wire DC DC 3-Wire
ferrous and nonferrous metal objects Extended Sensing . . . . . . . . page 2--56
only)
without touching them. DC 3-Wire Short Barrel with
S 360° visible LED Extended Sensing . . . . . . . . page 2--60
The switch body consists of a plastic
S Cable or quick-disconnect styles DC 3-Wire
face and a nickel--plated brass barrel. Long Range Sensing . . . . . . page NEW
3--Wire DC models offer an optional S Short circuit protection
stainless steel or plastic switch body, DC 3-Wire Plastic Barrel . . . page 2--64
both with a plastic face. It meets NEMA S Overload protection DC 3-Wire Plastic Barrel
with Extended Sensing . . . . page NEW
1, 2, 3, 4, 6P, 12, 13 and IP67 (IEC529) S Transient noise protection
enclosure standards. The electronic DC 2-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--67
S False pulse protection DC 2-Wire QuadroPlex . . . . page 2--70
circuitry is fully potted for protection
against shock, vibration, and S Reverse polarity protection DC 4-Wire
contamination. Complementary Output . . . . page 2--72
All models have a 360_ visible LED. applicable directives AC 2-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--74
Cable models have a transluscent end AC 2-Wire
cap which glows when the LED Extended Sensing . . . . . . . . page 2--77
indicator is on, and is visible from AC/DC 2-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--80
almost every angle. Quick--disconnect AC/DC 2-Wire
models have a four porthole LED Relay Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--83
design for better visibility from most
angles. In addition to making installation QD Cordsets and Accessories
easier, 360_ visibility may facilitate Cordsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8--1
troubleshooting.
Mounting Bracket,
These sensors are available in 6.5, 8, Spring Return Style . . . . . . page 2--210
12, 18 and 30 mm diameters. Mounting Bracket,
Connection options for 3--wire sensors Swivel/Tilt Style . . . . . . . . . page 2--212
include PVC or PUR cable jacket and Mounting Bracket,
mini, micro, and pico quick--disconnect Right Angle Style . . . . . . . . page 2--213
style. Three--wire DC cable style
sensors are available with 2, 5, or 10 m Mounting Bracket,
PVC or PUR cables (2 m PVC is Clamp Style . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--214
standard). End Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--220
Mounting Nuts . . . . . . . . . . page 2--221
Lock Washers . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--223
General Information
Torque Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--225
Metric/English
Conversion Chart . . . . . . . . . page 14--6

872C_CT_WorldProx 7/26/2011 4:26 PM Page 2-48

872C/872CT WorldProx™ 3-Wire DC
Plastic Face/ Threaded Nickel-Plated Brass or Stainless Steel Barrel
Specifications
Leakage Current ≤10 μA
≤1.8V
General
Voltage Drop
Repeatability ≤5%
Hysteresis ≤10% typical
DC Micro Quick-Disconnect Style
8, 12, 18, 30 mm False pulse on power, transient noise, reverse polarity, short circuit,
Protection Type
and overload
Certifications cULus Listed and CE Marked for all applicable directives
Enclosure Type Rating NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 6P, 12, 13, IP 67 (IEC 529)
Nickel-plated brass barrel, plastic face (PBT)
Housing Material
Optional stainless steel 304 barrel, plastic face (PBT)
Cable: 2 m (6.5 ft), 5 m (16.4 ft), 10 m (32.8 ft) length, 4.4 mm (0.175
Connections in) diameter; 3-conductor #26 AWG PVC or PUR; Quick-Disconnect:
4-pin mini, 4-pin micro or 3-pin pico style
Quick Selection
DC Pico Quick-Disconnect Style

6.5, 8, 12, 18 mm LED Amber: output energized, 360° visibility
Operating Temperature [C (F)],
-25…70° (-13…158°)
Min
Shock 30 g, 11 ms
Correction Factors
Target Material Correction Factors
DC Mini Quick-Disconnect Style Steel 1.0
18, 30 mm
Brass 0.4…0.5
Aluminum 0.3…0.4
Copper 0.2…0.3
Introduction

DC Cable Style Description Page No.
6.5, 8, 12, 18, 30 mm
Other Cordsets Available 8-2
Terminal Chambers 8-2
Features
Mounting Brackets 2-210…2-214
3-wire operation
End Caps 2-220
3-conductor PVC or PUR cable jacket
Mounting Nuts 2-221…2-222
(PVC standard)
3- or 4-pin connection for pico, micro and
Connection Systems
mini connectors
Available in 2, 5, and 10 m cable lengths
(2 m standard)
10…30V DC
Normally open or normally closed
Reverse polarity, short circuit, overload,
false pulse, and transient noise protection
cULus Listed and CE Marked for all
applicable directives
PanelConnect
2-48
New Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Product Selection
Nominal Cat. No.
Barrel Sensing Switching
Diameter Distance Output Frequency
[mm] [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration [Hz] Cable Style Mini QD Style Micro QD Style Pico QD Style
General
NPN 872C-MM1NN7-E2 ⎯ ⎯ 872C-MM1NN7-P3
N.O.
PNP 872C-MM1NP7-E2 ⎯ ⎯ 872C-MM1NP7-P3
6.5 2 (0.08) Yes 2000
NPN 872C-MM1CN7-E2 ⎯ ⎯ 872C-MM1CN7-P3
N.C.
PNP 872C-MM1CP7-E2 ⎯ ⎯ 872C-MM1CP7-P3
NPN 872C-D2NN8-E2 ⎯ 872C-D2NN8-D4 872C-D2NN8-P3
N.O.
PNP 872C-D2NP8-E2 ⎯ 872C-D2NP8-D4 872C-D2NP8-P3
2 (0.08) Yes
NPN 872C-D2CN8-E2 ⎯ 872C-D2CN8-D4 872C-D2CN8-P3
N.C.
PNP 872C-D2CP8-E2 ⎯ 872C-D2CP8-D4 872C-D2CP8-P3
8 2500
N.O.
3 (0.12) No
Quick Selection
N.C.
N.O.
3 (0.12) Yes
N.C.
12 1300
N.O.
4 (0.16) No
N.C.
NPN 872C-D5NN18-E2 872C-D5NN18-N4 872C-D5NN18-D4 872C-D5NN18-P3
N.O.
PNP 872C-D5NP18-E2 872C-D5NP18-N4 872C-D5NP18-D4 872C-D5NP18-P3
5 (0.2) Yes
NPN 872C-D5CN18-E2 872C-D5CP18-N4 872C-D5CN18-D4 872C-D5CN18-P3
N.C.
Introduction
PNP 872C-D5CP18-E2 872C-D5CP18-N4 872C-D5CP18-D4 872C-D5CP18-P3
18 1500
NPN 872C-D8NN18-E2 872C-D8NN18-N4 872C-D8NN18-D4 872C-D8NN18-P3
N.O.
PNP 872C-D8NP18-E2 872C-D8NP18-N4 872C-D8NP18-D4 872C-D8NP18-P3
8 (0.31) No
NPN 872C-D8CN18-E2 872C-D8CN18-N4 872C-D8CN18-D4 872C-D8CN18-P3
N.C.
PNP 872C-D8CP18-E2 872C-D8CP18-N4 872C-D8CP18-D4 872C-D8CP18-P3
NPN 872C-D10NN30-E2 872C-D10NN30-N4 872C-D10NN30-D4 ⎯
N.O.
PNP 872C-D10NP30-E2 872C-D10NP30-N4 872C-D10NP30-D4 ⎯
10 (0.39) Yes
NPN 872C-D10CN30-E2 872C-D10CN30-N4 872C-D10CN30-D4 ⎯
N.C.
PNP 872C-D10CP30-E2 872C-D10CP30-N4 872C-D10CP30-N4 ⎯
30 1000
NPN 872C-D15NN30-E2 872C-D15NN30-N4 872C-D15NN30-D4 ⎯
Connection Systems
N.O.
PNP 872C-D15NP30-E2 872C-D15NP30-N4 872C-D15NP30-D4 ⎯
15 (0.59) No
PNP 872C-D15CN30-E2 872C-D15CN30-N4 872C-D15CN30-D4 ⎯
N.C.
PNP 872C-D15CP30-E2 872C-D15CP30-N4 872C-D15CP30-D4 ⎯
Recommended mating cable, 2 m (6.5 ft). See the On-Machine
Connectivity catalog for details and additional lengths. ⎯ 889N-F4AFC-6F 889D-F4AFC-2 889P-F3AB-2
Cat. no. listed is for a standard nickel-plated brass barrel. For a stainless steel barrel, add a T to the cat. no. Example: Cat. No. 872C-D4NN12-E2 becomes
Cat. No. 872CT-D4NN12-E2.
Note: Preferred availability designation in table above applies to nickel-plated brass model only.
Cable Options (8, 12, 18, and 30 mm sensors only)

E2 at the end of cat. no. designates PVC cable 2 m in length. Replace E2 with E5 or E10 for 5 or 10 m length. For polyurethane cable replace
E2 with J2, J5, or J10 for 2, 5, or 10 m length.
Cable Length PVC PUR
PanelConnect
2m E2 J2
5m E5 J5
10 m E10 J10
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs New 2-49


Approximate Dimensions—mm (in)

Cable Style Wiring Diagrams
A NPN (Sinking) PNP (Sourcing) NPN (Sinking) PNP (Sourcing)
General
D + - + - 10…30V DC + -
10…30V DC 10…30V DC Brown 10…30V DC
360° Visible Brown Brown + - Blue Brown + -
C + -
LED B Load Load Load
+ - Blue
Load Black Black Black
Black
Blue Blue
2 m (6.5 ft)
mm (inches)
Thread Size Barrel Type Smooth Diameter Shielded A B (max) C (min) D (max)
Nickel-plated
— 6.5 Y 6.50 (0.26) 33.0 (1.30) — —
Quick Selection
brass
Y 32.8 (1.29) —
M8 x 1 — 8.00 (0.31) 30.2 (1.19)
N 36.8 (1.45) 4.10 (0.16)
Y 50.8 (2.00) —
M12 x 1 — 12.0 (0.47) 46.7 (1.84)
Nickel-plated N 58.9 (2.32) 8.10 (0.32)
brass and
stainless steel Y 50.8 (2.00) —
M18 x 1 — 18.0 (0.71) 46.7 (1.84)
N 63.0 (2.48) 12.2 (0.48)
Y 50.8 (2.00) —
M30 x 1 — 30.0 (1.18) 47.7 (1.88)
N 63.0 (2.48) 12.2 (0.48)
Introduction
Mini QD Style
4 porthole A
LED indicators
D +
–
1 4 Load Load 1 4
C 2 3 + –
2 3
B
7/8-16UN-2A
– 10…30V DC + – 10…30V DC +
mm (inches)
Connection Systems
Thread Size Barrel Type Shielded A B (max) C (min) D (max)

Nickel-plated brass Y 63.5 (2.50) —
M18 x 1 18.0 (0.71) 35.1 (1.38)
and stainless steel N 75.7 (2.98) 12.2 (0.48)
Y 63.5 (2.50) —
Nickel-plated brass 38.1 (1.50)
N 75.7 (2.98) 12.2 (0.48)
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18)
Y 64.3 (2.53) —
Stainless steel 47.8 (1.88)
N 76.5 (3.01) 12.2 (0.48)
PanelConnect
2-50


Micro QD Style Wiring Diagrams
4 porthole
General
LED indicators D – +
2 2 Load Load
3 1 3 1 2 + – 2
4 4 3 1 3 1
C Load 4 4
– +
B Load
– +
M12 x 1 + – +
– – +
– +
mm (inches)
Y 58.7 (2.31) —
M8 x 1 8.00 (0.31) 27.7 (1.09)
N 62.7 (2.47) 4.00 (0.16)
Y 64.3 (2.53) —
Quick Selection
M12 x 1 12.0 (0.47) 38.1 (1.50)
Nickel-plated brass N 72.4 (2.85) 8.10 (0.32)
and stainless steel Y 64.3 (2.53) —
M18 x 1 18.0 (0.71) 38.1 (1.50)
N 76.5 (3.01) 12.2 (0.48)
Y 64.3 (2.53) —
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18) 47.75 (1.88)
N 76.5 (3.01) 12.2 (0.48)
Pico QD Style
A
4 porthole NPN (Sinking) PNP (Sourcing)
LED indicators
D – +
Load Load
Introduction
+ –
C
B
10…30V DC 10…30V DC
+ – + –
mm (inches)
Nickel-plated
— 6.5 Y 6.50 (0.26) 49.0 (1.93) — —
brass
Y 49.5 (1.95) —
M8 x 1 — 8.00 (0.31) 34.0 (1.34)
N 53.6 (2.11) 4.10 (0.16)
Connection Systems
Nickel-plated Y 63.5 (2.50) —
M12 x 1 brass and — 12.0 (0.47) 47.5 (1.87)
stainless steel N 71.6 (2.82) 8.10 (0.32)
Y 63.5 (2.50) —
M18 x 1 — 18.0 (0.71) 47.5 (1.87)
N 75.7 (2.98) 12.2 (0.48)
PanelConnect
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs New 2-51


872C/872CT WorldProx™ Short Barrel 3-Wire DC
Specifications
≤1.8V
General
Voltage Drop
Repeatability ≤5%
Protection Type
and overload
Certifications UL Listed and CE Marked for all applicable directives
Nickel-plated brass barrel, plastic face (PBT);
Housing Material
Quick Selection

8, 12, 18 mm Status Indicator Amber: Output energized, 360° visibility
-25…+70° (-13…+158°)
Min
Shock 30 g, 11 ms
Correction Factors
DC Mini Quick-Disconnect Style
18, 30 mm Target Material Correction Factors
Steel 1.0
Brass 0.4…0.5
Aluminum 0.3…0.4
Introduction
Copper 0.2…0.3
DC Cable Style
8, 12, 18, 30 mm QD Cordsets and Accessories
Description Page No.
Features Other Cordsets Available 8-2
3 wire operation Terminal Chambers 8-2
3 conductor PVC or PUR cable jacket Mounting Brackets 2-210…2-214
(PVC standard)
End Caps 2-220
3 or 4 pin connection for pico, micro,
Connection Systems

and mini connectors
(2 m standard)
10…30V DC
PanelConnect

2-52 Preferred availability cat. nos. are printed in bold.

Product Selection
Nominal Cat. No.
Diameter Distance Frequency
[mm] [mm (in.)] Shielded Output Configuration [Hz] Cable Style Mini QD Style Micro QD Style Pico QD Style
General
NPN 872C-DH2NN8-E2 ⎯ 872C-DH2NN8-D4 872C-DH2NN8-P3
N.O.
PNP 872C-DH2NP8-E2 ⎯ 872C-DH2NP8-D4 872C-DH2NP8-P3
2 (0.08) Yes
NPN 872C-DH2CN8-E2 ⎯ 872C-DH2CN8-D4 872C-DH2CN8-P3
N.C.
PNP 872C-DH2CP8-E2 ⎯ 872C-DH2CP8-D4 872C-DH2CP8-P3
8 2500
N.O.
3 (0.12) No
N.C.
N.O.
3 (0.12) Yes
Quick Selection
N.C.
12 1300
N.O.
4 (0.16) No
N.C.
NPN 872C-DH5NN18-E2 872C-DH5NN18-N4 872C-DH5NN18-D4 872C-DH5NN18-P3
N.O.
PNP 872C-DH5NP18-E2 872C-DH5NP18-N4 872C-DH5NP18-D4 872C-DH5NP18-P3
5 (0.2) Yes
NPN 872C-DH5CN18-E2 872C-DH5CN18-N4 872C-DH5CN18-D4 872C-DH5CP18-P3
N.C.
PNP 872C-DH5CP18-E2 872C-DH5CP18-N4 872C-DH5CP18-D4 872C-DH5CN18-P3
18 1500
NPN 872C-DH8NN18-E2 872C-DH8NN18-N4 872C-DH8NN18-D4 872C-DH8NN18-P3
N.O.
PNP 872C-DH8NP18-E2 872C-DH8NP18-N4 872C-DH8NP18-D4 872C-DH8NP18-P3
8 (0.32) No
NPN 872C-DH8CN18-E2 872C-DH8CN18-N4 872C-DH8CN18-D4 872C-DH8CN18-P3
N.C.
PNP 872C-DH8CP18-E2 872C-DH8CP18-N4 872C-DH8CP18-D4 872C-DH8CP18-P3
Introduction
NPN 872C-DH10NN30-E2 872C-DH10NN30-N4 872C-DH10NN30-D4 ⎯
N.O.
PNP 872C-DH10NP30-E2 872C-DH10NP30-N4 872C-DH10NP30-D4 ⎯
10 (0.39) Yes
NPN 872C-DH10CN30-E2 872C-DH10CN30-N4 872C-DH10CN30-D4 ⎯
N.C.
PNP 872C-DH10CP30-E2 872C-DH10CP30-N4 872C-DH10CP30-D4 ⎯
30 1000
NPN 872C-DH15NN30-E2 872C-DH15NN30-N4 872C-DH15NN30-D4 ⎯
N.O.
PNP 872C-DH15NP30-E2 872C-DH15NP30-N4 872C-DH15NP30-D4 ⎯
15 (0.59) No
NPN 872C-DH15CN30-E2 872C-DH15CN30-N4 872C-DH15CN30-D4 ⎯
N.C.
PNP 872C-DH15CP30-E2 872C-DH15CP30-N4 872C-DH15CP30-D4 ⎯
Recommended mating cable, 2 m (6.5 ft). (See On-Machine
Connectivity catalog for details and additional lengths). ⎯ 889N-F4AFC-6F 889D-F4AC-2 889P-F3AB-2
Connection Systems
Cat. no. listed is for a standard nickel-plated brass barrel. For a stainless steel barrel, add a T to the cat. no. Example: Cat. No. 872C-DH4NP12-E2 becomes
Cat. No. 872CT-DH4NP12-E2.
Cable Options
2m E2 J2
5m E5 J5
10 m E10 J10
PanelConnect
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs New

Preferred availability cat. nos. are printed in bold. 2-53


+ - + - + -
General
D 10…30V DC
C + -
+ - Blue
Black
Blue Blue
2 m (6.5 ft)
mm (inches)
Y 26.7 (1.05) —
M8 x 1 8.00 (0.31) 24.1 (0.95)
Quick Selection
N 30.7 (1.21) 4.10 (0.16)

M12 x 1 12.0 (0.47)
Y 34.8 (1.37) —
M18 x 1 18.0 (0.71) 31.8 (1.25)
N 47.0 (1.85) 12.2 (0.48)
Y 34.8 (1.37) —
Nickel-plated brass
N 47.0 (1.85) 12.2 (0.48)
M30 x 1 30.0 (1.18)
Y 37.3 (1.47) —
N 49.5 (1.95) 12.2 (0.48)
Introduction
Mini QD Style
4 porthole A
LED indicators
D +
–
1 4 Load Load 1 4
C 2 3 + –
2 3
B
7/8-16UN-2A
– 10…30V DC + – +
Connection Systems
10…30V DC
mm (inches)
M18 x 1 18.0 (0.71) 24.2 (0.95)
Y 47.5 (1.87) —
N 59.7 (2.35) 12.2 (0.48)
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18)
Y 50.8 (2.00) —
N 63.0 (2.48) 12.2 (0.48)
PanelConnect



4 porthole
General
LED indicators D – +
2 2 Load Load
3 1 3 1 2 + – 2
4 4 3 1 3 1
C Load 4 4
– +
B Load
– +
M12 x 1 + – +
– – +
– +
mm (inches)
Y 45.2 (1.78) —
M8 x 1 8.00 (0.31) 20.1 (0.79)
Quick Selection
M12 x 1 12.0 (0.47) 27.4 (1.08)
N 56.4 (2.22) 8.10 (0.32)
Y 49.5 (1.95) —
N 61.7 (2.43) 12.2 (0.48)
M18 x 1 18.0 (0.71)
Y 48.3 (1.90) —
N 60.5 (2.38) 12.2 (0.48)
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18) 31.8 (1.25)
Introduction
Pico QD Style
A
LED indicators
D – +
Load Load
+ –
C
B
10…30V DC 10…30V DC
Connection Systems
+ – + –
mm (inches)
Y 44.5 (1.75) —
M8 x 1 8.00 (0.31) 29.0 (1.14)
N 48.5 (1.91) 4.10 (0.16)
M12 x 1 12.0 (0.47) 29.2 (1.15)
Y 47.5 (1.87) —
M18 x 1 18.0 (0.71) 31.5 (1.24)
N 59.7 (2.35) 12.2 (0.48)
PanelConnect


872C/872CT WorldProx™ Extended Sensing 3-Wire DC
Specifications
≤1.8V
General
Voltage Drop
Repeatability ≤5%
Protection Type
and overload
Nickel-plated brass barrel, plastic face (PBT)
Housing Material
Quick Selection

6.5, 8, 12, 18 mm LED Amber: output energized, 360° visibility
-25…+70° (-13…+158°)
Min
Shock 30 g, 11 ms
Correction Factors
DC Mini Quick-Disconnect Style Target Material Correction Factors
18, 30 mm
Steel 1.0
Brass 0.5…0.6
Aluminum 0.5…0.6
Introduction
Copper 0.4…0.5
DC Cable Style QD Cordsets and Accessories

6.5, 8, 12, 18, 30 mm
Features Terminal Chambers 8-2
3-wire operation Mounting Brackets 2-210…2-214
3-conductor PVC or PUR cable jacket End Caps 2-220
(PVC standard) Mounting Nuts 2-221…2-222
3- or 4-pin connection for pico, micro and
Connection Systems
mini connectors
(2 m standard)
10…30V DC
PanelConnect


Product Selection
Nominal Cat. No.
Diameter Distance Frequency
[mm] [mm (in.)] Shielded Output Configuration [Hz] Cable Style Mini QD Style Micro QD Style Pico QD Style
General
NPN 872C-M3NN8-E2 — 872C-M3NN8-D4 872C-M3NN8-P3
N.O.
PNP 872C-M3NP8-E2 — 872C-M3NP8-D4 872C-M3NP8-P3
3 (0.12) Yes
NPN 872C-M3CN8-E2 — 872C-M3CN8-D4 872C-M3CN8-P3
N.C.
PNP 872C-M3CP8-E2 — 872C-M3CP8-D4 872C-M3CP8-P3
8 2500
NPN 872C-N4NN8-E2 — 872C-N4NN8-D4 872C-N4NN8-P3
N.O.
PNP 872C-N4NP8-E2 — 872C-N4NP8-D4 872C-N4NP8-P3
4 (0.16) No
NPN 872C-N4CN8-E2 — 872C-N4CN8-D4 872C-N4CN8-P3
N.C.
PNP 872C-N4CP8-E2 — 872C-N4CP8-D4 872C-N4CP8-P3
NPN 872C-M4NN12-E2 — 872C-M4NN12-D4 872C-M4NN12-P3
N.O.
PNP 872C-M4NP12-E2 — 872C-M4NP12-D4 872C-M4NP12-P3
4 (0.16) Yes
NPN 872C-M4CN12-E2 — 872C-M4CN12-D4 872C-M4CN12-P3
Quick Selection
N.C.
PNP 872C-M4CP12-E2 — 872C-M4CP12-D4 872C-M4CP12-P3
12 1300
NPN 872C-N8NN12-E2 — 872C-N8NN12-D4 872C-N8NN12-P3
N.O.
PNP 872C-N8NP12-E2 — 872C-N8NP12-D4 872C-N8NP12-P3
8 (0.31) No
NPN 872C-N8CN12-E2 — 872C-N8CN12-D4 872C-N8CN12-P3
N.C.
PNP 872C-N8CP12-E2 — 872C-N8CP12-D4 872C-N8CP12-P3
NPN 872C-M8NN18-E2 872C-M8NN18-N4 872C-M8NN18-D4 872C-M8NN18-P3
N.O.
PNP 872C-M8NP18-E2 872C-M8NP18-N4 872C-M8NP18-D4 872C-M8NP18-P3
8 (0.31) Yes
NPN 872C-M8CN18-E2 872C-M8CN18-N4 872C-M8CN18-D4 872C-M8CN18-P3
N.C.
PNP 872C-M8CP18-E2 872C-M8CP18-N4 872C-M8CP18-D4 872C-M8CP18-P3
18 1500
NPN 872C-N12NN18-E2 872C-N12NN18-N4 872C-N12NN18-D4 872C-N12NN18-P3
N.O.
PNP 872C-N12NP18-E2 872C-N12NP18-N4 872C-N12NP18-D4 872C-N12NP18-P3
12 (0.47) No
NPN 872C-N12CN18-E2 872C-N12CN18-N4 872C-N12CN18-D4 872C-N12CN18-P3
N.C.
PNP 872C-N12CP18-E2 872C-N12CP18-N4 872C-N12CP18-D4 872C-N12CP18-P3
Introduction
NPN 872C-M15NN30-E2 872C-M15NN30-N4 872C-M15NN30-D4 ⎯
N.O.
PNP 872C-M15NP30-E2 872C-M15NP30-N4 872C-M15NP30-D4 ⎯
15 (0.59) Yes
NPN 872C-M15CN30-E2 872C-M15CN30-N4 872C-M15CN30-D4 ⎯
N.C.
PNP 872C-M15CP30-E2 872C-M15CP30-N4 872C-M15CP30-D4 ⎯
30 1000
NPN 872C-N20NN30-E2 872C-N20NN30-N4 872C-N20NN30-D4 ⎯
N.O.
PNP 872C-N20NP30-E2 872C-N20NP30-N4 872C-N20NP30-D4 ⎯
20 (0.79) No
NPN 872C-N20CN30-E2 872C-N20CN30-N4 872C-N20CN30-D4 ⎯
N.C.
PNP 872C-N20CP30-E2 872C-N20CP30-N4 872C-N20CP30-D4 ⎯
Recommended mating cable, 2 m (6.5 ft). See the On-Machine
Connectivity catalog for details and additional lengths. ⎯ 889N-F4AFC-6F 889D-F4AFC-2 889P-F3AB-2
Connection Systems
Cat. no. listed is for a standard nickel-plated brass barrel. For a stainless steel barrel, add a T to the cat. no. Example: Cat. No. 872C-M3NN8-E2 becomes
Cat. No. 872CT-M3NN8-E2.
Cable Options
2m E2 J2
5m E5 J5
10 m E10 J10
PanelConnect



+ - + - + -
General
D 10…30V DC
C + -
+ - Blue
Black
Blue Blue
2 m (6.5 ft)
mm (inches)
Y 32.8 (1.29) —
M8 x 1 — 8.00 (0.31) 30.2 (1.19)
Quick Selection
N 36.8 (1.45) 4.10 (0.16)

Y 50.8 (2.00) —
M12 x 1 — 12.0 (0.47) 46.7 (1.84)
Nickel-plated N 58.9 (2.32) 8.10 (0.32)
brass and
stainless steel Y 50.8 (2.00) —
M18 x 1 — 18.0 (0.71) 46.7 (1.84)
N 63.0 (2.48) 12.2 (0.48)
Y 50.8 (2.00) —
M30 x 1 — 30.0 (1.18) 47.7 (1.88)
N 63.0 (2.48) 12.2 (0.48)
Introduction
Mini QD Style
4 porthole A
LED indicators
D +
–
1 4 Load Load 1 4
C 2 3 + –
2 3
B
7/8-16UN-2A
– 10…30V DC + – +
Connection Systems
10…30V DC
mm (inches)
M18 x 1 18.0 (0.71) 35.1 (1.38)
Y 63.5 (2.50) —
N 75.7 (2.98) 12.2 (0.48)
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18)
Y 64.3 (2.53) —
N 76.5 (3.01) 12.2 (0.48)
PanelConnect



4 porthole
D – +
General
LED indicators 2 2 Load Load
3 1 3 1 2 + – 2
4 4 3 1 3 1
C Load 4 4
– +
B Load
– +
M12 x 1 + – +
– – +
– +
mm (inches)
Y 58.7 (2.31) —
M8 x 1 8.00 (0.31) 27.7 (1.09)
N 62.7 (2.47) 4.00 (0.16)
Y 64.3 (2.53) —
M12 x 1 12.0 (0.47) 38.1 (1.50)
Quick Selection
M18 x 1 18.0 (0.71) 38.1 (1.50)
N 76.5 (3.01) 12.2 (0.48)
Y 64.3 (2.53) —
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18) 47.75 (1.88)
N 76.5 (3.01) 12.2 (0.48)
Introduction
Pico QD Style
A
LED indicators
D – +
Load Load
+ –
C
B
10…30V DC 10…30V DC
Connection Systems
+ – + –
mm (inches)
Y 49.5 (1.95) —
M8 x 1 — 8.00 (0.31) 34.0 (1.34)
N 53.6 (2.11) 4.10 (0.16)
Nickel-plated Y 63.5 (2.50) —
M12 x 1 brass and — 12.0 (0.47) 47.5 (1.87)
stainless steel N 71.6 (2.82) 8.10 (0.32)
Y 63.5 (2.50) —
M18 x 1 — 18.0 (0.71) 47.5 (1.87)
N 75.7 (2.98) 12.2 (0.48)
PanelConnect


872C/872CT WorldProx™ Short Barrel Extended Sensing 3-Wire DC
Specifications
≤1.8V
General
Voltage Drop
Repeatability ≤5%
Protection Type
and overload
Nickel-plated brass barrel, plastic face (PBT);
Housing Material
Quick Selection

8, 12, 18 mm Status Indicator Amber: Output energized, 360° visibility
-25…+70° (-13…+158°)
Min
Shock 30 g, 11 ms
Correction Factors
DC Mini Quick-Disconnect Style
18, 30 mm Target Material Correction Factors
Steel 1.0
Brass 0.4…0.5
Aluminum 0.3…0.4
Introduction
Copper 0.2…0.3
DC Cable Style QD Cordsets and Accessories

8, 12, 18, 30 mm
Features Terminal Chambers 8-2
3 wire operation Mounting Brackets 2-210…2-214
3 conductor PVC or PUR cable jacket End Caps 2-220
(PVC standard) Mounting Nuts 2-221…2-222
3 or 4 pin connection for pico, micro,
Connection Systems
and mini connectors

(2 m standard)
10…30V DC
PanelConnect


Product Selection
Nominal Cat. No.
Diameter Distance Output Frequency
[mm] [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration [Hz] Cable Style Mini QD Style Micro QD Style Pico QD Style
General
NPN 872C-MH3NN8-P3 ⎯ 872C-MH3NN8-D4 872C-MH3NN8-P3
N.O.
PNP 872C-MH3NP8-E2 ⎯ 872C-MH3NP8-D4 872C-MH3NP8-P3
3 (0.12) Yes
NPN 872C-MH3CN8-E2 ⎯ 872C-MH3CN8-D4 872C-MH3CN8-P3
N.C.
PNP 872C-MH3CP8-E2 ⎯ 872C-MH3CP8-D4 872C-MH3CP8-P3
8 2500
NPN 872C-NH4NN8-E2 ⎯ 872C-NH4NN8-D4 872C-NH4NN8-P3
N.O.
PNP 872C-NH4NP8-E2 ⎯ 872C-NH4NP8-D4 872C-NH4NP8-P3
4 (0.16) No
NPN 872C-NH4CN8-E2 ⎯ 872C-NH4CN8-D4 872C-NH4CN8-P3
N.C.
PNP 872C-NH4CP8-E2 ⎯ 872C-NH4CP8-D4 872C-NH4CP8-P3
NPN 872C-MH4NN12-E2 ⎯ 872C-MH4NN12-D4 872C-MH4NN12-P3
N.O.
PNP 872C-MH4NP12-E2 ⎯ 872C-MH4NP12-D4 872C-MH4NP12-P3
4 (0.16) Yes
NPN 872C-MH4CN12-E2 ⎯ 872C-MH4CN12-D4 872C-MH4CN12-P3
Quick Selection
N.C.
PNP 872C-MH4CP12-E2 ⎯ 872C-MH4CP12-D4 872C-MH4CP12-P3
12 1300
NPN 872C-NH8NN12-E2 ⎯ 872C-NH8NN12-D4 872C-NH8NN12-P3
N.O.
PNP 872C-NH8NP12-E2 ⎯ 872C-NH8NP12-D4 872C-NH8NP12-P3
8 (0.32) No
NPN 872C-NH8CN12-E2 ⎯ 872C-NH8CN12-D4 872C-NH8CN12-P3
N.C.
PNP 872C-NH8CP12-E2 ⎯ 872C-NH8CP12-D4 872C-NH8CP12-P3
NPN 872C-MH8NN18-E2 872C-MH8NN18-N4 872C-MH8NN18-D4 872C-MH8NN18-P3
N.O.
PNP 872C-MH8NP18-E2 872C-MH8NP18-N4 872C-MH8NP18-D4 872C-MH8NP18-P3
8 (0.32) Yes
NPN 872C-MH8CN18-E2 872C-MH8CN18-N4 872C-MH8CN18-D4 872C-MH8CN18-P3
N.C.
PNP 872C-MH8CP18-E2 872C-MH8CP18-N4 872C-MH8CP18-D4 872C-MH8CP18-P3
18 1500
NPN 872C-NH12NN18-E2 872C-NH12NN18-N4 872C-NH12NN18-D4 872C-NH12NN18-P3
N.O.
PNP 872C-NH12NP18-E2 872C-NH12NP18-N4 872C-NH12NP18-D4 872C-NH12NP18-P3
12 (0.47) No
NPN 872C-NH12CN18-E2 872C-NH12CN18-N4 872C-NH12CN18-D4 872C-NH12CN18-P3
N.C.
PNP 872C-NH12CP18-E2 872C-NH12CP18-N4 872C-NH12CP18-D4 872C-NH12CP18-P3
Introduction
NPN 872C-MH15NN30-E2 872C-MH15NN30-N4 872C-MH15NN30-D4 ⎯
N.O.
PNP 872C-MH15NP30-E2 872C-MH15NP30-N4 872C-MH15NP30-D4 ⎯
15 (0.59) Yes
NPN 872C-MH15CN30-E2 872C-MH15CN30-N4 872C-MH15CN30-D4 ⎯
N.C.
PNP 872C-MH15CP30-E2 872C-MH15CP30-N4 872C-MH15CP30-D4 ⎯
30 1000
NPN 872C-NH20NN30-E2 872C-NH20NN30-N4 872C-NH20NN30-D4 ⎯
N.O.
PNP 872C-NH20NP30-E2 872C-NH20NP30-N4 872C-NH20NP30-D4 ⎯
20 (0.79) No
NPN 872C-NH20CN30-E2 872C-NH20CN30-N4 872C-NH20CN30-D4 ⎯
N.C.
PNP 872C-NH20CP30-E2 872C-NH20CP30-N4 872C-NH20CP30-D4 ⎯
Recommended mating cable, 2 m (6.5 ft). (See On-Machine
Connectivity catalog for details and additional lengths). ⎯ 889N-F4AFC-6F 889D-F4AC-2 889P-F3AB-2
Connection Systems
Cat. no. listed is for a standard nickel-plated brass barrel. For a stainless steel barrel, add a T to the cat. no. Example: Cat. No. 872C-MH3NN8-P3 becomes
Cat. No. 872CT-MH3NN8-P3.
Cable Options
2m E2 J2
5m E5 J5
10 m E10 J10
PanelConnect



+ - + - + -
General
D 10…30V DC
C + -
+ - Blue
Black
Blue Blue
2 m (6.5 ft)
mm (inches)
Y 26.7 (1.05) —
M8 x 1 8.00 (0.31) 24.1 (0.95)
Quick Selection
N 30.7 (1.21) 4.10 (0.16)

M12 x 1 12.0 (0.47)
Y 34.8 (1.37) —
M18 x 1 18.0 (0.71) 31.8 (1.25)
N 47.0 (1.85) 12.2 (0.48)
Y 34.8 (1.37) —
Nickel-plated brass
N 47.0 (1.85) 12.2 (0.48)
M30 x 1 30.0 (1.18)
Y 37.3 (1.47) —
N 49.5 (1.95) 12.2 (0.48)
Introduction
Mini QD Style
4 porthole A
LED indicators
D +
–
1 4 Load Load 1 4
C 2 3 + –
2 3
B
7/8-16UN-2A
– 10…30V DC + – +
Connection Systems
10…30V DC
mm (inches)
M18 x 1 18.0 (0.71) 24.2 (0.95)
Y 47.5 (1.87) —
N 59.7 (2.35) 12.2 (0.48)
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18)
Y 50.8 (2.00) —
N 63.0 (2.48) 12.2 (0.48)
PanelConnect



4 porthole
D – +
General
3 1 3 1 2 + – 2
4 4 3 1 3 1
C Load 4 4
– +
B Load
– +
M12 x 1 + – +
– – +
– +
mm (inches)
Y 45.2 (1.78) —
M8 x 1 8.00 (0.31) 20.1 (0.79)
M12 x 1 12.0 (0.47) 27.4 (1.08)
Quick Selection
N 56.4 (2.22) 8.10 (0.32)
Y 49.5 (1.95) —
N 61.7 (2.43) 12.2 (0.48)
M18 x 1 18.0 (0.71)
Y 48.3 (1.90) —
N 60.5 (2.38) 12.2 (0.48)
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18) 31.8 (1.25)
Introduction
Pico QD Style
A
LED indicators
D – +
Load Load
+ –
C
B
10…30V DC 10…30V DC
Connection Systems
+ – + –
mm (inches)
Y 44.5 (1.75) —
M8 x 1 8.00 (0.31) 29.0 (1.14)
N 48.5 (1.91) 4.10 (0.16)
M12 x 1 12.0 (0.47) 29.2 (1.15)
Y 47.5 (1.87) —
M18 x 1 18.0 (0.71) 31.5 (1.24)
N 59.7 (2.35) 12.2 (0.48)
PanelConnect

872C_WorldProx 3/25/2011 3:31 PM Page 1

872C WorldProx™ Long Range Sensing 3-Wire DC
Plastic Face/ Threaded Chrome-Plated Brass Barrel
Specifications
Load Current, DC, Max. ≤200 mA
Operating voltage range 10…30V DC
Sensor Voltage Drop ≤2V
General
872C DC Micro Style Repeatability ≤5%
6.5, 8, 12, 18, and 30 mm Hysteresis 10% typical
872C DC Pico Style
6.5 & 8 mm Certifications cULus Listed and CE Marked for all applicable directives
NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 6P, 12, 13, IP67 (IEC 529)
Enclosure Type Rating
Chrome-plated brass barrel, plastic face (PBT)
Quick Selection
Quick-disconnect: 4-pin micro style
Features Connections
3-pin pico style
Up to three times the sensing range of LED Amber: output energized, 360° visibility
standard range inductive proximity
Operating Temperature [C (F)] -25…+70 ° (-13…+158 °)
sensors
Shock 30 g, 11 ms
3- or 4-pin connection for pico and micro
connectors Vibration 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude, 3 planes
10…30V DC
Normally open output
Correction Factors QD Cordsets and Accessories
IP67 enclosure rating
Reverse polarity, short circuit, overload, Target Material Correction Factors Description Page No.
false pulse, and transient noise protection Steel 1.0 Other Cordsets
8-2
Available
cULus Listed and CE Marked for all Stainless Steel 0.6…0.8
applicable directives Brass 0.3…0.6 Terminal Chambers 8-2
Aluminum 0.3…0.5 Mounting Brackets 2-210…2-214
Introduction
Copper 0.2…0.5 End Caps 2-220
IMPORTANT Special mounting and Mounting Nuts 2-221…2-222
installation considerations
may be necessary due to
the long-range sensing
capabilities of these
products. The Introduction
and Application section of
the catalog should be used
as a guideline. Please refer
to pages 2-12 and 2-14.
Connection Systems
PanelConnect
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs New1

872C_WorldProx 3/15/2011 4:25 PM Page 2

872C WorldProx™ Long Range Sensing 3-Wire DC
Plastic Face/ Threaded Chrome-Plated Brass Barrel
Product Selection
Nominal Sensing Output Switching Frequency Cat. No.
Barrel Diameter [mm] Distance [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration (Hz) Micro QD Style Pico QD Style
NPN 872C-M3NN7-D4 872C-M3NN7-P3
6.5 3 (0.12) Yes N.O. 1000
PNP 872C-M3NP7-D4 872C-M3NP7-P3
General
NPN 872C-N6NN8-D4 872C-N6NN8-P3

8 6 (0.23) No N.O. 500
PNP 872C-N6NP8-D4 872C-N6NP8-P3
NPN 872C-M6NN12-D4 ⎯
6 (0.23) Yes N.O. 800
PNP 872C-M6NP12-D4 ⎯
12
NPN 872C-N10NN12-D4 ⎯
10 (0.39) No N.O. 400
PNP 872C-N10NP12-D4 ⎯
NPN 872C-M12NN18-D4 ⎯
12 (0.47) Yes N.O. 500
PNP 872C-M12NP18-D4 ⎯
18
NPN 872C-N20NN18-D4 ⎯
20 (0.79) No N.O. 200
PNP 872C-N20NP18-D4 ⎯
Quick Selection
NPN 872C-M22NN30-D4 ⎯
22 (0.86) Yes N.O. 200
PNP 872C-M22NP30-D4 ⎯
30
NPN 872C-N40NN30-D4 ⎯
40 (1.57) No N.O. 100
PNP 872C-N40NP30-D4 ⎯
Recommended standard QD cordset (-6F = 1.8 m (6 ft), -2 = 2 m (6.5 ft)) 889D-F4AC-2 889P-F3AB-2

Pico QD Style
A
LED indicators
D +
-
4 Load
Load 4
Introduction
C 3 1 + -
3 1
B - + - +
Smooth Diameter mm (inches)

Thread Size [mm] Shielded A B (max) C (min) D (max)
— 6.5 Y 6.5 (0.26) 60 (2.36) — —
M8 x 1 — N 8.0 (0.31) 60 (2.36) 41.5 (1.63) 4 (0.15)
Connection Systems
Micro QD Style
Normally Open
A NPN (Sinking) PNP (Sourcing)
4 porthole
LED indicators D
2 1 2 1
C 3 4 - Load + 3 4
- +
B -
Load
+
M12 x 1 - +
Smooth Diameter mm (inches)

Thread Size [mm] Shielded A B (max) C (min) D (max)
— 6.5 Y 6.5 (0.26) 66 (2.59) — —
M8 x 1 — N 8 (0.31) 66 (2.59) 40 (1.57) 4 (0.15)
PanelConnect
Y 40 (1.57) —
M12 x 1 — 12 (0.47) 60 (2.36)
N 35.3 (1.38) 5.7 (0.22)
Y 42 (1.65) —
M18 x 1 — 18 (0.71) 63.5 (2.5)
N 32 (1.25) 10 (0.39)
Y 52 (2.04) —
M30 X 1.5 — 30 (1.18) 73.5 (2.89)
N 42 (1.65) 10 (0.39)
New1 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

872CP_WorldProx 7/25/2011 2:29 PM Page 2-64

872CP WorldProx™ 3-Wire DC
Plastic Face/ Threaded Plastic Barrel
Specifications
General
872CP DC Cable Style Voltage Drop ≤1.8V all models

12, 18, 30 mm Repeatability ≤5%
Transient noise protection, reverse polarity protection, short circuit
Protection Type
protection, overload protection, false pulse protection
872CP DC Micro Quick Disconnect Style Enclosure Type Rating NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6P, 12, 13; IP67 (IEC 529)
12, 18, 30 mm Housing Material Plastic barrel (Valox)
Features Cable: 2 m (6.5 ft), 5 m (16.4 ft), 10 m (32.8 ft) length,
4.4 mm (0.175 in.) diameter
3 wire operation Connections
3-conductor #26 AWG PVC or PUR
3 conductor connection Quick Disconnect: 4 pin micro style
Quick Selection
10…30V DC LED Amber: output energized, 360° visibility

Normally open or normally closed output Operating Temperature [C (F)],
-25…+70 ° (-13…+158 °)
Transient noise, short circuit, and reverse Min
polarity protection Shock 30 g, 11 ms
Cable and micro quick disconnect models Vibration 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude, 3 planes
Correction Factors
Steel 1.0
Brass 0.4…0.5
Aluminum 0.3…0.4
Copper 0.3…0.4
Introduction

End Caps 2-220
Connection Systems
PanelConnect
2-64 New1 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


Product Selection
Barrel Diameter [mm] Distance [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration (Hz) Cable Style Micro QD Style
NPN 872CP-D3NN12-E2 872CP-D3NN12-D4
N.O.
PNP 872CP-D3NP12-E2 872CP-D3NP12-D4
General
3 (0.12) Yes
NPN 872CP-D3CN12-E2 872CP-D3CN12-D4
N.C.
PNP 872CP-D3CP12-E2 872CP-D3CP12-D4
12
N.O.
4 (0.16) No
N.C.
N.O.
5 (0.2) Yes
N.C.
Quick Selection
18 2000
N.O.
8 (0.31) No
N.C.
N.O.
10 (0.39) Yes
N.C.
30
N.O.
15 (0.59) No
N.C.
Recommended standard QD cordset (-6F = 1.8 m (6 ft), -2 = 2 m (6.5 ft)) ⎯ 889D-F4AC-2
Introduction
Cable Options: E2 at the end of cat. no. designates PVC cable 2 m in length. Replace E2 with E5 or E10 for 5 or 10 m
length. For polyurethane cable replace E2 with J2, J5, or J10 for 2, 5, or 10 m length.
2m E2 J2
5m E5 J5
10 m E10 J10
Connection Systems
PanelConnect
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Preferred availability cat. nos. are printed in bold. New 2-65


+ - + - + -
General
D 10…30V DC
C + -
+ - Blue
Black
Blue Blue
2 m (6.5 ft)
mm (inches)
Thread Size Shielded A B (max) C (min) D (max)
Y
Quick Selection
M12 x 1 12.0 (0.47) 44.7 (1.76)

N
Y
M18 x 1 18.0 (0.71) 51.6 (2.03) 2.00 (0.08)
N
46.2 (1.82)
Y
M30 x 1.5 30.0 (1.18)
N
Micro QD Style
A Normally Open Normally Closed
4 porthole D – +
3 1 3 1 2 + – 2
4 Load 4 3 1 3 1
– + 4 4
C
Load
B – +
Introduction
1/2-20
UNF-2A – + – +
– + – +
mm (inches)
Y
M12 x 1 12.0 (0.47) 64.3 (2.53) 41.4 (1.63)
N
Y
M18 x 1 18.0 (0.71) 2.00 (0.08)
N
71.3 (2.80) 46.2 (1.82)
Y
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18)
N
Connection Systems
PanelConnect
2-66 New1 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs


872CP WorldProx™ Extended Sensing 3-Wire DC
Specifications
≤1.8V all models
General
Voltage Drop
872CP DC Cable Style
Transient noise protection, reverse polarity protection, short circuit
Protection Type
protection, overload protection, false pulse protection
872CP DC Micro Quick Disconnect Style Enclosure Type Rating NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6P, 12, 13; IP67 (IEC 529)
12, 18, 30 mm Housing Material Plastic barrel (Valox)
Features Cable: 2 m (6.5 ft), 5 m (16.4 ft), 10 m (32.8 ft) length,

4.4 mm (0.175 in.) diameter
3 wire operation Connections
3-conductor #26 AWG PVC or PUR
3 conductor connection Quick Disconnect: 4 pin micro style
Quick Selection
10…30V DC LED Amber: output energized, 360° visibility
Normally open or normally closed output Operating Temperature [C (F)],
-25…+70 ° (-13…+158 °)
Transient noise, short circuit, and reverse Min
polarity protection Shock 30 g, 11 ms
Cable and micro quick disconnect models Vibration 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude, 3 planes
applicable directives Correction Factors
Steel 1.0
Brass 0.4…0.5
Aluminum 0.3…0.4
Copper 0.3…0.4
Introduction
End Caps 2-220
Connection Systems
PanelConnect


Product Selection
Barrel Diameter [mm] Distance [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration (Hz) Cable Style Micro QD Style
NPN 872CP-M4NN12-E2 872CP-M4NN12-D4
N.O.
PNP 872CP-M4NP12-E2 872CP-M4NP12-D4
General
4 (0.16) Yes
NPN 872CP-M4CN12-E2 872CP-M4CN12-D4
N.C.
PNP 872CP-M4CP12-E2 872CP-M4CP12-D4
12
NPN 872CP-N8NN12-E2 872CP-N8NN12-D4
N.O.
PNP 872CP-N8NP12-E2 872CP-N8NP12-D4
8 (0.31) No
NPN 872CP-N8CN12-E2 872CP-N8CN12-D4
N.C.
PNP 872CP-N8CP12-E2 872CP-N8CP12-D4
N.O.
8 (0.31) Yes
N.C.
Quick Selection
18 2000
N.O.
12 (0.47) No
N.C.
N.O.
15 (0.59) Yes
N.C.
30
N.O.
20 (0.79) No
N.C.
Recommended standard QD cordset (-6F = 1.8 m (6 ft), -2 = 2 m (6.5 ft)) ⎯ 889D-F4AC-2
Introduction
Cable Options: E2 at the end of cat. no. designates PVC cable 2 m in length. Replace E2 with E5 or E10 for 5 or 10 m
length. For polyurethane cable replace E2 with J2, J5, or J10 for 2, 5, or 10 m length.
2m E2 J2
5m E5 J5
10 m E10 J10
Connection Systems
PanelConnect
New1 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs



+ - + - + -
General
D 10…30V DC
C + -
+ - Blue
Black
Blue Blue
2 m (6.5 ft)
mm (inches)
Y
M12 x 1 12.0 (0.47) 44.7 (1.76)
Quick Selection
N
Y
M18 x 1 18.0 (0.71) 51.6 (2.03) 2.0 (0.08)
N
46.2 (1.82)
Y
M30 x 1.5 30.0 (1.18)
N
Micro QD Style
A Normally Open Normally Closed
4 porthole D – +
3 1 3 1 2 + – 2
4 Load 4 3 1 3 1
Introduction
– + 4 4
C
Load
1/2-20 B – +
UNF-2A – + – +
– + – +
mm (inches)
Y
M12 x 1 12.0 (0.47) 64.3 (2.53) 41.4 (1.63)
N
Y
M18 x 1 18.0 (0.71) 2.00 (0.08)
N
71.3 (2.8) 46.2 (1.82)
Y
Connection Systems
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18)
N
PanelConnect

872C WorldProxt 2-Wire DC
Plastic Face/Threaded Nickel-Plated Brass Barrel
Specifications
872C DC Cable Style Voltage Drop ≤6V
872C DC Micro Overload Protection Incorporated
Quick-Disconnect Style False Pulse Protection Incorporated
12, 18, 30 mm
Certfications cULus Listed and CE Marked for all applicable directives
Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 6P, 12, 13 IP67 (IEC529)
Features Nickel-plated brass barrel, plastic face (PBT)
S 2-wire operation Connections Cable: 2 m (6.5 ft) length, 4.4 mm (0.175 in.) diameter,
2-conductor #26 AWG PVC
S 2-conductor or 4-pin connection Quick-Disconnect: 4-pin micro style
S 10…30V DC LED Red: Output energized, 360° visibility
S Normally open or normally closed Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 25…+70° (-- 13…+158°)
output Shock 30 g, 11 ms
S Reverse polarity, short circuit, Vibration 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude, 3 planes
overload, false pulse, and transient
noise protection Correction Factors
S cULus Listed and CE Marked for all Target Material Correction Factor
applicable directives Steel 1.0
Brass 0.4…0.5
Aluminum 0.3…0.4
Copper 0.2…0.3

2-- 67
Product Selection
Diameter [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] Cable Style Micro QD Style
N.O. 872C-- D3NE12-- A2 872C-- D3NE12-- D4
3 (0.12) Y
N.C. 872C-- D3CE12-- A2 872C-- D3CE12-- D4
12 mm 2000
N.O. 872C-- D4NE12-- A2 872C-- D4NE12-- D4
4 (0.16) N
N.C. 872C-- D4CE12-- A2 872C-- D4CE12-- D4
N.O. 872C-- D5NE18-- A2 872C-- D5NE18-- D4
5 (0.20) Y
N.C. 872C-- D5CE18-- A2 872C-- D5CE18-- D4
18 mm 1000
N.O. 872C-- D8NE18-- A2 872C-- D8NE18-- D4
8 (0.31) N
N.C. 872C-- D8CE18-- A2 872C-- D8CE18-- D4
N.O. 872C-- D10NE30-- A2 872C-- D10NE30-- D4
10 (0.39) Y
N.C. 872C-- D10CE30-- A2 872C-- D10CE30-- D4
30 mm 500
N.O. 872C-- D15NE30-- A2 872C-- D15NE30-- D4
15 (0.59) N
N.C. 872C-- D15CE30-- A2 872C-- D15CE30-- D4
Recommended standard QD cordset (-- 2 = 2 m (6.5 ft)) 889D-- F4AC-- 2

Cable Style
A
+ -- + --
D
360_ Visible 10…30V DC 10…30V DC
LED + -- + --
C
B
Load Load
Brown Blue Brown Blue
2 m (6.5 ft) Note: Load can be switched to brown wire.
[mm (in.)]
Y 50.8 (2.00) —
M12 X 1 12 (0.47)
N 58.7 (2.31) 7.9 (0.31)
Y 50.8 (2.00) —
M18 X 1 18 (0.71) 46.7 (1.84)
N 63.0 (2.48) 12.2 (0.48)
Y 50.8 (2.00) —
M30 X 1.5 30 (1.18)
N 63.0 (2.48) 12.2 (0.48)


A
4 porthole
LED indicators D
+ --
Load
C
B + --
10…30V DC
M12x1
[mm (in.)]
Y 65.0 (2.56) —
M12 X 1 12.0 (0.47)
N 72.4 (2.85) 7.9 (0.31)
38.1 (1.50)
Y 65.0 (2.56) —
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71)
N 76.5 (3.01) 12.2 (0.48)
Y 65.0 (2.56) —
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18) 46.7 (1.84)
N 76.5 (3.01) 12.2 (0.48)

2-- 69
872C WorldProxt QuadroPlext 2-Wire DC
Specifications
Barrel Diameter 12 mm 18 mm & 30 mm
Load Current 100 mA 200 mA
872C DC Micro Leakage Current ≤1 mA
12, 18, 30 mm Operating Voltage 10…30V DC
Voltage Drop ≤6V @ 100 mA ≤6.5V @ 200 mA
≤6.0V @ 100 mA
Features
Repeatability ≤10% at constant temperature
S 2-wire operation Hysteresis 10% typical
S 4-pin connection Transient Noise Protection Incorporated
S 10…30V DC Short Circuit Protection Incorporated
S Normally open or normally closed Overload Protection Incorporated
output False Pulse Protection Incorporated
S Short circuit, overload, false pulse, Certfications cULus Listed and CE Marked for all applicable directives
and transient noise protection Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 6P, 12, 13 IP67 (IEC529)
S cULus Listed and CE Marked for all Nickel-plated brass barrel, plastic face (PBT)
applicable directives Connections Quick-Disconnect: 4-pin micro style
LED Red: Output energized, 360° visibility
Shock 30 g, 11 ms
Correction Factors
Steel 1.0
Brass 0.4…0.5
Aluminum 0.3…0.4
Copper 0.2…0.3

End Caps 2-- 220

872C WorldProxt QuadroPlext 2-Wire DC
Product Selection
Switching Cat. No.
Barrel Nominal Sensing Distance Output
Diameter [mm (in.)] Configuration Frequency [Hz] Micro QD Style
Shielded
3 (0.12) Y 872C-- M3Q12-- D4
12 mm 2000
4 (0.16) N 872C-- N4Q12-- D4
5 (0.20) Y 872C-- M5Q18-- D4

18 mm N.O. or N.C. 1000
8 (0.31) N 872C-- N8Q18-- D4
10 (0.39) Y 872C-- M10Q30-- D4

30 mm 500
15 (0.59) N 872C-- N15Q30-- D4

Depending upon wiring diagram.
Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)]

Micro Quick-Disconnect Style A
4 porthole
LED indicators D
C
B
M12x1
[mm (in.)]

Y 65.0 (2.56) —
M12 X 1 12.0 (0.47)
N 72.4 (2.85) 7.9 (0.31)
Y 65.0 (2.56) —
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71) 38.1 (1.50)
N 76.5 (3.01) 12.2 (0.48)
Y 65.0 (2.56) —
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18)
N 76.5 (3.01) 12.2 (0.48)
Wiring Diagrams
Normally Open Normally Closed Normally Open Normally Closed
Sourcing Output Sourcing Output Sinking Output Sinking Output
+ -- -- +
Load Load
-- + + --
Load Load
10…30V DC 10…30V DC 10…30V DC 10…30V DC
-- + + -- -- + + --

2-- 71
872C WorldProxt 4-Wire DC Complementary Output
Specifications
Voltage Drop ≤1.6V
Repeatability ≤8%
872C DC Cable Style
12, 18, 30 mm Transient Noise Protection Incorporated
Certfications UL Listed, cUL Certified and CE Marked for all applicable directives
Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 6P, 12, 13, IP67 (IEC 529); Nickel-plated brass barrel
872C DC Micro
Quick-Disconnect Style Connections Cable: 2 m (6.5 ft) length
12, 18, 30 mm 4-conductor PVC
Quick-Disconnect: 4-pin micro style
LED Red: Output Energized, 360_ visibility
Features
S 4-wire operation
Shock 30 g, 11 ms
S 4-conductor or 4-pin connection Vibration 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude, 3 planes
S 10…30V DC
S Complementary normally open and Correction Factors
normally closed outputs Target Material Correction Factor
S Short circuit, false pulse, reverse Steel 1.0
polarity, overload and transient noise Stainless Steel 0.7…0.8
protection Brass 0.4…0.5
S UL Listed, cUL Certified and CE Aluminum 0.3…0.4
Marked for all applicable directives Copper 0.2…0.3

End Caps 2-- 220

872C WorldProxt 4-Wire DC Complementary Output
Product Selection

12 mm 3 (0.12) 2000 872C-- D3BP12-- E2 872C-- D3BP12-- D4
18 mm 5 (0.20) Y N.O. and N.C. PNP 1000 872C-- D5BP18-- E2 872C-- D5BP18-- D4
30 mm 10 (0.39) 500 872C-- D10BP30-- E2 872C-- D10BP30-- D4
Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] Wiring Diagram

Cable Style
Complementary Normally Open and Normally Closed
A
PNP (Sourcing)
+
D Brown
360_ Visible + N.O. --
LED Black
C Load
B
Load 10…30V DC
White
+ N.C. --
2 m (6.5 ft) Blue --
[mm (in.)]
Thread Size Shielded A B C
M12 X 1 Y 12.0 (0.47)
M18 X 1 Y 18.0 (0.71) 50.8 (2.00) 46.7 (1.84)
M30 X 1.5 Y 30.0 (1.18)
Micro QD Style
A PNP (Sourcing)
4 porthole +
D N.C.
LED indicators
Load
C --
B + N.O. --
M12 x 1 Load
-- 10…30V DC +
[mm (in.)]
M12 X 1 Y 12.0 (0.47)
38.1 (1.50)
M18 X 1 Y 18.0 (0.71) 65.0 (2.56)
M30 X 1.5 Y 30.0 (1.18) 48.7 (1.88)

2-- 73
872C WorldProxt 2-Wire AC
Specifications
8 mm 12, 18, 30 mm
Load Current 100 mA max ≤300 mA
Inrush Current (1 cycle) ≤2 A
872C AC Cable Style Operating Voltage 20…240V AC 20…250V AC
8 mm
Voltage Drop ≤5V
Repeatability ≤5%
Hysteresis 15% ≤15% typical
Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 12, 13 IP67 (IEC 529)
872C AC Cable Style Nickel-plated brass barrel
12, 18, 30 mm Connections Cable: 2 m (6.5 ft) length
3-conductor PVC
3-pin mini style
LED Red: Output Energized, 360° visibility
Shock 30 g, 11 ms
872C AC Mini
18, 30 mm
Correction Factors
Steel 1.0
Stainless Steel 0.9
Brass 0.5
Aluminum 0.45
Copper 0.4
872C AC Micro
12, 18, 30 mm
Features Description Page Number
S 2-wire operation Other Cordsets Available 8-- 2

S 20…250V AC (20…240V AC for
End Caps 2-- 220
8 mm)
output
S False pulse and transient noise
protection
S Extended sensing distance on
18 mm unshielded models

Product Selection

Diameter [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] Cable Style Mini QD Style Micro QD Style
N.O. 872C-- A1N8-- A2 — —
1.5 (0.06) Y
N.C. 872C-- A1C8-- A2 — —
8 mm 25
N.O. 872C-- A2N8-- A2 — —
2 (0.08) N
N.C. 872C-- A2C8-- A2 — —
N.O. 872C-- A2N12-- A2 — 872C-- A2N12-- R3
2 (0.08) Y
N.C. 872C-- A2C12-- A2 — 872C-- A2C12-- R3
12 mm
N.O. 872C-- A4N12-- A2 — 872C-- A4N12-- R3
4 (0.16) N
N.C. 872C-- A4C12-- A2 — 872C-- A4C12-- R3
N.O. 872C-- A5N18-- A2 872C-- A5N18-- N3 872C-- A5N18-- R3
5 (0.20) Y
N.C. 872C-- A5C18-- A2 872C-- A5C18-- N3 872C-- A5C18-- R3
18 mm 15
N.O. 872C-- A10N18-- A2 872C-- A10N18-- N3 872C-- A10N18-- R3
10 (0.39) N
N.C. 872C-- A10C18-- A2 872C-- A10C18-- N3 872C-- A10C18-- R3
N.O. 872C-- A10N30-- A2 872C-- A10N30-- N3 872C-- A10N30-- R3
10 (0.39) Y
N.C. 872C-- A10C30-- A2 872C-- A10C30-- N3 872C-- A10C30-- R3
30 mm
N.O. 872C-- A15N30-- A2 872C-- A15N30-- N3 872C-- A15N30-- R3
15 (0.59) N
N.C. 872C-- A15C30-- A2 872C-- A15C30-- N3 872C-- A15C30-- R3
Recommended standard QD cordset (-- 6F = 1.8 m (6 ft), - 2 = 2 m (6.5 ft)) 889N-- F3AFC-- 6F 889R-- F3ECA-- 2

Cable Style LED Normally Open Normally Closed
Brown Brown
2m Blue Blue
Load Load
(6.5 ft)
Green/Yellow Green/Yellow
C
A B
NOTE: Load can be switched to brown wire.
D
[mm (in.)]
Y 8.0 (0.32) 47.0 (1.85) 36.0 (1.42) —
M8 X 1
N 6.0 (0.24) 47.0 (1.85) 36.0 (1.42) 6.0 (0.24)
Y 60.0 (2.36) —
M12 X 1 12.0 (0.47) 70.0 (2.76)
N 54.0 (2.13) 6.0 (0.24)
Y 50.0 (1.96) —
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71) 60.0 (2.36)
N 42.0 (1.65) 8.0 (0.31)
Y 50.0 (1.96) —
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18) 60.0 (2.36)
N 38.0 (1.50) 12.0 (0.47)

2-- 75

Mini QD Style
A
LED
D Ground
B Load
7/8--16UNF--2A
[mm (in.)]

Y 52.0 (2.05) —
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71) 91.0 (3.58)
N 44.0 (1.73) 8.0 (0.31)
Y 52.0 (2.25) —
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18) 91.0 (3.58)
N 40.0 (1.57) 12.0 (0.47)

4 Port hole
LED indicators Ground
D 1
2 3 Load
C
B
1/2--20 UNF--2A Note: Load can be switched to pin 2.
[mm (in.)]

Y 45.0 (1.77) —
M12 X 1 12.0 (0.47) 75.0 (2.95)
N 40.0 (1.57) 6.0 (0.24)
Y 60.0 (2.36) —
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71) 80.0 (3.15)
N 52.0 (2.05) 8.0 (0.31)
Y 50.0 (1.96) —
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18) 80.0 (3.15)
N 38.0 (1.50) 12.0 (0.47)

872C WorldProxt Extended Sensing 2-Wire AC
Specifications
Operating Voltage 20…250V AC
Voltage Drop ≤11V @ 10 mA, ≤7V @ 300 mA
872C AC Cable Style
Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 12, 13 IP67 (IEC 529)
Nickel-plated brass barrel
872C AC Mini Connections Cable: 2 m (6.5 ft) length
Quick-Disconnect Style 3-conductor PVC
18, 30 mm Quick-Disconnect: 3-pin micro style
3-pin mini style
LED Red: Output Energized, 360° visibility
Shock 30 g, 11 ms
872C AC Micro
Correction Factors
12, 18, 30 mm Target Material Correction Factor
Steel 1.0
Features Stainless Steel 0.9
S 2-wire operation Brass 0.5
Aluminum 0.45
Copper 0.4
S 20…250V AC
output QD Cordsets and Accessories
S False pulse, transient noise, and Description Page Number
overload protection Other Cordsets Available 8-- 2
S cULus Listed and CE Marked for all Terminal Chambers 8-- 2
applicable directives Mounting Brackets 2-- 210…2-- 214
End Caps 2-- 220

Product Selection

N.O. 872C-- F4N12-- A2 — 872C-- F4N12-- R3
4 (0.16) Y
N.C. 872C-- F4C12-- A2 — 872C-- F4C12-- R3
12 mm
N.O. 872C-- G8N12-- A2 — 872C-- G8N12-- R3
8 (0.31) N
N.C. 872C-- G8C12-- A2 — 872C-- G8C12-- R3
N.O. 872C-- F8N18-- A2 872C-- F8N18-- N3 872C-- F8N18-- R3
8 (0.31) Y
N.C. 872C-- F8C18-- A2 872C-- F8C18-- N3 872C-- F8C18-- R3
18 mm 20
N.O. 872C-- G12N18-- A2 872C-- G12N18-- N3 872C-- G12N18-- R3
12 (0.47) N
N.C. 872C-- G12C18-- A2 872C-- G12C18-- N3 872C-- G12C18-- R3
N.O. 872C-- F15N30-- A2 872C-- F15N30-- N3 872C-- F15N30-- R3
15 (0.59) Y
N.C. 872C-- F15C30-- A2 872C-- F15C30-- N3 872C-- F15C30-- R3
30 mm
N.O. 872C-- G30N30-- A2 872C-- G30N30-- N3 872C-- G30N30-- R3
30 (1.18) N
N.C. 872C-- G30C30-- A2 872C-- G30C30-- N3 872C-- G30C30-- R3

Brown Brown
2m Blue Blue
Load Load
(6.5 ft)
Green/Yellow Green/Yellow
C
A B
D
[mm (in.)]
Y 60.0 (2.36) —
M12 X 1 12.0 (0.47) 70.0 (2.76)
N 54.0 (2.13) 6.0 (0.24)
Y 50.0 (1.96) —
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71) 60.0 (2.36)
N 42.0 (1.65) 8.0 (0.31)
Y 50.0 (1.96) —
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18) 60.0 (2.36)
N 38.0 (1.50) 12.0 (0.47)


Mini QD Style
A
LED
D Ground
B Load
7/8--16UNF--2A
[mm (in.)]

Y 52.0 (2.05) —
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71) 91.0 (3.58)
N 44.0 (1.73) 8.0 (0.31)
Y 52.0 (2.25) —
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18) 91.0 (3.58)
N 40.0 (1.57) 12.0 (0.47)

4 Port hole
LED indicators Ground
D 1
2 3 Load
C
B
[mm (in.)]

Y 45.0 (1.77) —
M12 X 1 12.0 (0.47) 75.0 (2.95)
N 40.0 (1.57) 6.0 (0.24)
Y 60.0 (2.36) —
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71) 80.0 (3.15)
N 52.0 (2.05) 8.0 (0.31)
Y 50.0 (1.96) —
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18) 80.0 (3.15)
N 38.0 (1.50) 12.0 (0.47)

2-- 79
872C WorldProxt 2-Wire AC/DC
Specifications
12 mm 18 & 30 mm
Load Current 300 mA 350 mA
Inrush Current (1 cycle) ≤2A
Leakage Current ≤1.7 mA @ 120V and ≤1.9 mA @ 250V
872C AC/DC Cable Style Voltage Drop ≤5V
12, 18, 30 mm
Repeatability ≤5%
872C AC/DC Micro
12, 18, 30 mm Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 12, 13 IP67 (IEC 529)
Features 3-conductor PVC
S 2-wire operation Quick-Disconnect: 3-pin micro style
3-pin mini style
LED Red: output energized, 360° visibility
S 20…250V AC/DC Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 25…+70° (-- 13…+158°)
S Normally open or normally closed Shock and Vibration 30 g, 10…55 Hz
output
S False pulse, transient noise, short Correction Factors
circuit, and overload protection
S cULus Listed and CE Marked for all Steel 1.0
Stainless Steel 0.9
Brass 0.5
Aluminum 0.4
Copper 0.4

End Caps 2-- 220

Product Selection

2 (0.08) Y 872C-- J2N12-- A2 872C-- J2N12-- R3
12 mm
4 (0.16) N 872C-- K4N12-- A2 872C-- K4N12-- R3
5 (0.20) Y 872C-- J5N18-- A2 872C-- J5N18-- R3
18 mm N.O. 30
8 (0.32) N 872C-- K8N18-- A2 872C-- K8N18-- R3
10 (0.39) Y 872C-- J10N30-- A2 872C-- J10N30-- R3
30 mm
15 (0.59) N 872C-- K15N30-- A2 872C-- K15N30-- R3
Recommended standard QD cordset (-- 2 = 2 m (6.5 ft)) 889R-- F3ECA-- 2
Note: Normally closed and mini QD units available. Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for details.

Cable Style LED Normally Open
Brown
2m Blue
Load
(6.5 ft)
Green/Yellow
C
A B
D
[mm (in.)]
Y 60.0 (2.36) —
M12 X 1 12.0 (0.47) 70.0 (2.76)
N 54.0 (2.13) 6.0 (0.24)
Y 50.0 (1.96) —
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71) 60.0 (2.36)
N 42.0 (1.65) 8.0 (0.31)
Y 50.0 (1.96) —
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18) 60.0 (2.36)
N 38.0 (1.50) 12.0 (0.47)

2-- 81

4 Port hole Ground
LED indicators
D
1
2 3 Load
C
B
[mm (in.)]

Y 45.0 (1.77) —
M12 X 1 12.0 (0.47) 75 (2.95)
N 40.0 (1.57) 6.0 (0.24)
Y 60.0 (2.36) —
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71) 80.0 (3.15)
N 52.0 (2.05) 8.0 (0.31)
Y 50.0 (1.96) —
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18) 80.0 (3.15)
N 38.0 (1.50) 12.0 (0.47)

872C WorldProxt 2-Wire AC/DC Relay Output
Threaded Nickel-Plated Brass Barrel
Specifications
Load Current Switched Power, Max 84 W or 900V A
Switched Current, Max 3 amps SPDT
Switched Voltage, Max 28V DC or 300V AC
Relay Life 20,000,000 operations (no load),
100,000 operations (full load)
872C AC/DC Cable Style
30 mm
Features
Certfications cULua Listed and CE Marked for all applicable directives
S High output current capability—up to
Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13, IP67 (IEC 529);
3A
S N.O. and N.C. contacts in the same Connections Cable: 2 m (6.5 ft) length
unit 5-conductor 22 AWG PVC cable
S Isolated outputs LED Red: Output Energized, 360_ visibility
S 360_ LED Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 25…+70° (-- 13…+158°)
Shock 30 g, 11 ms
S 30…132V AC/DC supply voltage
S Reverse polarity protection (DC)
S Circuit protected against industrial
noise and transients Correction Factors
S UL Listed and CE Marked for all Target Material Correction Factor

applicable directives Steel 1.0
Brass 0.4…0.5
Aluminum 0.3…0.4
Copper 0.2…0.3

2-- 83
872C WorldProxt 2-Wire AC/DC Relay Output
Threaded Nickel-Plated Brass Barrel
Product Selection
Barrel Nominal Sensing Distance Output Switching
Diameter [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] Cat. No.
10 (0.39) Y 872C-- B10BR30-- E2
30 mm SPDT Relay 100
15 (0.59) N 872C-- B15BR30-- E2

Cable Style
A Brown White
~/+ NC
D Orange
COM
360_ Visible
Blue Black
LED ~ / -- NO
C
B
2 m (6.5 ft)
[mm (in.)]

Y 61.0 (2.40) —
M30 X 1.5 30 (1.18) 57.0 (2.24)
N 73.0 (2.87) 12.2 (0.48)

Bulletin 871T
Plastic or Stainless Steel Face/Threaded Stainless Steel Barrel
Description subjected to abrasion and chemicals. Styles

Typical proximity sensors have plastic
Bulletin 871T inductive proximity DC 3-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--86
sensing faces.
sensors are self-contained, solid-state
devices designed to sense the These sensors are self-contained, solid AC 2-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--88
presence of ferrous and nonferrous state, dual output devices which will
metal objects without touching them. energize and de-energize external AC 2-Wire or 4-Wire
loads. Each sensor has a normally Ferrous Selective . . . . . . . . . page 2--90
The switch body consists of a plastic or
open (N.O.) and an isolated normally
stainless steel face and a threaded
closed (N.C.) output which can be Accessories
stainless steel barrel. They meet NEMA
operated up to 500 mA each. As with
1, 2, 3, 4, 12, 13 and IP67 (IEC529) Cordsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8--1
any sensor each application and target
enclosure standards. The electronic
material should be reviewed before
circuitry is potted for protection against Conduit Adaptor . . . . . . . . . page 2--209
installing the sensor. Detailed
shock, vibration, and contamination.
specifications for these sensors are Mounting Bracket,
These sensors are available in 12 and listed on page 2--90. Spring Return Style . . . . . . page 2--210
18 mm diameter housings. Connection
options include a PVC cable and mini Mounting Bracket,
quick-disconnect. Features Right Angle Style . . . . . . . . page 2--213
Ferrous Selective Proximity Sensors S Threaded stainless steel barrel Mounting Bracket,
The Bulletin 871T ferrous (Fe) selective S Cable or quick-disconnect styles Clamp Style . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--214
inductive proximity sensors operate in
S Short circuit protection (DC models) End Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--220
industrial environments where ferrous
metal targets must be sensed without S Overload protection (DC models) Mounting Nuts . . . . . . . . . . page 2--221
being touched. They are also an
S Transient noise protection Lock Washers . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--223
excellent replacement for standard
inductive proximities that are sensing S False pulse protection
ferrous metals and subject to harsh S Reverse polarity protection (DC General Information
environments. The 3 mm nominal
models) Torque Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--225
sensing distance models are designed
to ignore all sizes of nonferrous chips S UL Listed, CSA Certified and CE Metric/English
and foils. The 5 mm nominal sensing Marked for all applicable directives Conversion Chart . . . . . . . . . page 14--6
distance models are designed to
replace standard inductive proximities
when sensing ferrous metals or ignoring
nonferrous chips smaller than 3 mm
(0.125 in.).
The Fe-selective proximity sensors
have a stainless steel sensing face and
body. The stainless steel sensing face
provides extra protection in sensor
applications where the sensing face is

2-- 85
871T 3-Wire DC
Plastic Face/Threaded Stainless Steel Barrel
Specifications
12 mm 18 mm
Load Current ≤300 mA ≤400 mA
Voltage Drop ≤1V
871T DC Cable Style Repeatability ≤10%
12, 18 mm
Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 12 and 13 IP67 (IEC529)
871T DC Mini 303 Stainless steel barrel
18 mm Connections Cable: 3 m (10 ft) length
3-conductor PVC
Features LED Red: Output Energized
S 3-wire operation Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 40…+70° (-- 40…+158°)
S 10…30V DC Correction Factors
S Normally open output Target Material Correction Factors
S Short circuit, overload, false pulse, Steel 1.0
reverse polarity and transient noise Stainless Steel 0.7…0.9
S UL Listed, CSA Certified and CE Aluminum 0.3…0.4
Marked for all applicable directives Copper 0.3…0.4

871T 3-Wire DC
Product Selection
Cat. No.
Diameter [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] Cable Style Mini QD Style
NPN 871T-- R2A12 —
2 (0.08) Y 2000
PNP 871T-- L2A12 —
12 mm N.O.
NPN 871T-- R4B12 —
4 (0.16) N 1000
PNP 871T- L4B12 —
NPN 871T-- R5 A18 871T-- R5J18
5 (0.20) Y 1000
PNP 871T-- L5 A18 871T-- L5J18
18 mm N.O.
NPN 871T- R8B18 871T-- R8K18
8 (0.31) N 500
PNP 871T-- L8B18 871T-- L8K18
Recommended Standard QD Cordset (-- 6F = 1.8 m (6 ft)) 889N-- F4AFC-- 6F

Description Page Number Description Page Number
Other Cordsets Available 8-- 2 End Caps 2-- 220
Terminal Chambers 8-- 2 Mounting Nuts 2-- 221…2-- 222
Mounting Brackets 2-- 210…2-- 214 — —

Cable Style LED 3 m (10 ft) Normally Open
+ -- + --
10…30V DC 10…30V DC
Brown
Brown + --
C + -- Blue Load
A B Black
Load
Black
D Blue
[mm (in.)]
Y 53.8 (2.12) 0.8 (0.03)
M12 X 1 12.0 (0.47) 80.0 (3.15)
N 46.5 (1.83) 8.1 (0.32)
Y 81.5 (3.21) 55.6 (2.19) 0.8 (0.03)
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71)
N 81.3 (3.20) 43.7 (1.72) 12.3 (0.48)

A Normally Open
D
LED +
--
C Load Load
B + --
7/8--16UN--2A
-- 10…30V DC + -- 10…30V DC +
[mm (in.)]
Y 96.9 (3.81) 51.9 (2.04) 0.8 (0.03)
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71)
N 96.9 (3.81) 40.4 (1.59) 12.3 (0.48)

2-- 87
871T 2-Wire AC
Specifications
12 mm 18 mm
Supply Current (minimum) 5 mA
871T AC Cable Style Operating Voltage 20…132V AC
12, 18 mm
Voltage Drop 6.5V AC at 500 mA, 10V AC at 20 mA (RMS)
Repeatability ≤10%
Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 12 and 13 IP67 (IEC529)
303 Stainless steel barrel
871T AC Mini
Quick-Disconnect Style Connections Cable: 3 m (10 ft) length
18 mm 12 mm—2 conductor PVC
18 mm—3 conductor PVC
Features LED Red: Output Energized (none on 87IT-- G5Q18FT)
S 2-wire operation Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 40…+70° (-- 40…+158°)
S 2-conductor, 3-conductor, or 3-pin Shock 30 g, 11 ms
connection Vibration 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude, 3 planes
S 20…132V AC
Correction Factors
protection Target Material Correction Factors
S Normally open or normally closed Steel 1.0

output Stainless Steel 0.7…0.9
S UL Listed, CSA Certified and CE Brass 0.3…0.5
Marked for all applicable directives Aluminum 0.3…0.4
Copper 0.3…0.4

871T 2-Wire AC
Product Selection

Diameter [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] Cable Style Mini QD Style
2 (0.08) Y 871T-- G2A12 —
N.O.
4 (0.16) N 871T- G4B12 —
12 mm
2 (0.08) Y 871T-- H2A12 —
N.C.
4 (0.16) N 871T-- H4B12 —
50 871T- G5 A18 871T- G5J18
5 (0.20) Y
N.O. — 871T-- G5Q18FT
18 mm 8 (0.31) N 871T- G8B18 871T- G8K18
5 (0.20) Y 871T-- H5 A18 871T-- H5J18
N.C.
8 (0.31) N 871T-- H8B18 871T-- H8K18


Brown Brown
Blue Blue
3 m (10 ft) Load Load
Green Green
C
A B
D Note 1: No green wire on 12 mm. Attach housing to ground.

[mm (in.)]
Y 53.8 (2.12) 0.8 (0.03)
M12 X 1 12.0 (0.47) 80.0 (3.15)
N 46.5 (1.83) 8.1 (0.32)
Y 81.5 (3.21) 55.6 (2.19) 0.8 (0.03)
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71)
N 81.3 (3.20) 43.7 (1.72) 12.3 (0.48)

871T- G5Q18FT 18.0 Normally Open or Normally Closed
A Only (0.71)
D Ground
LED
C
114.6 136.7
B (4.51) (5.38)
Load
7/8--16UN--2A 7/8--16UN--2A
[mm (in.)]
Y 51.9 (2.04) 0.8 (0.03)
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71) 96.9 (3.81)
N 40.4 (1.59) 12.3 (0.48)

2-- 89
871T 2-Wire or 4-Wire AC Ferrous Selective
Specifications
871T AC Cable Style Operating Voltage 20…132V AC
18 mm
Voltage Drop N.O. output: 6.5V AC at 500 mA, 10V AC at 20 mA (RMS)
N.C. output: 1.7V AC at 500 mA (RMS)
Isolation Voltage 800V AC (output to output); 1500V AC (output to housing)
False Pulse Protection Incorporated (Delay on power-up ≤100 ms)
871T AC Mini Incorporated
Transient Noise Protection
18 mm Certifications CE Marked for all applicable directives
Enclosure NEMA 3, 4, 12 and 13, IP67 (IEC529)
Stainless steel face and barrel
Features
Connections Cable: 3.6 m (12 ft) length
S 2-wire or 4-wire operation 5-conductor PVC
S 20…132V AC 3-pin mini style
S Normally open or complementary LEDs Red: Output Energized
(N.O. and N.C.) outputs Green: Power
S Ferrous selective sensing Ambient Temperature [C (F)] - 0…+70° (+32…+158°)
S Stainless steel active sensing face

Correction Factors
S False pulse and transient noise Target Material Correction Factor
protection
Steel 1.0
S CE Marked for all applicable Stainless Steel 0.8…1.1
directives
Brass 0.0
Aluminum 0.0
Copper 0.0
Stainless Steel containing carbon

871T 2-Wire or 4-Wire AC Ferrous Selective
Product Selection
Switching Cat. No.
Diameter [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] Cable Style Mini QD 3-pin Style Mini QD 5-pin Style
3 (0.12) 871T-- A3 A18FE-- 12 — 871T-- A3J18FE
N.O. and N.C.
18 mm 5 (0.20) Y 10 871T-- A5 A18FE-- 12 — 871T-- A5J18FE
3 (0.12) N.O. — 871T-- AX01 —
Recommended Standard QD Cordset (-- 6F = 1.8 m (6 ft)) 889N-- F3AFC-- 6F 889N-- F5AFC-- 6F

End Caps 2-- 220

Cable Style Complementary Normally Open and
Normally Closed
A
D
White N.O. Output
LEDs Black
Load
C
Load
Orange
B N.C. Output
Green
7/8--16UN--2A Red
Notes:
1. N.O. output must be wired for operation. N.C. output is optional.
2. N.O. load can be switched to white wire.
3. N.C. load can be switched to red wire.
[mm (in.)]
Thread Size A B C D Cat. No.
104.1 (4.10) 53.3 (2.10) 871T- A3 A18FE- 12
M18x1 18.0 (0.71) 20.3 (0.80)
101.6 (4.00) 50.8 (2.00) 871T- A5 A18FE- 12

Normally Open and Normally Closed Normally Open
Load Ground
A N.O. Output
D N.C. Output
Load
LEDs
C Load
B Notes: Note: Load can be switched to pin 3.

7/8--16UN--2A 1. N.O. output must be wired for operation. N.C.
output is optional.
2. N.O. load can be switched to pin 1.
3. N.C. load can be switched to pin 4.
[mm (in.)]
Thread Size A B C D Cat. No.
871T- AX01
104.1 (4.10) 53.3 (2.10)
M18x1 18.0 (0.71) 20.3 (0.80) 871T- A3J18FE
101.6 (4.00) 50.8 (2.00) 871T- A5J18FE

2-- 91
Notes

Bulletin 871TS
PPS Plastic Face/Stainless Steel 316L Barrel

Bulletin 871TS inductive proximity
sensors are self-contained, solid-state S 4-wire operation (complementary DC 3-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--94
switching devices designed to sense normally open and normallly closed
the presence of metals without touching outputs) QD Cordsets and Accessories
them. These units were designed to S Gold-plated 4-pin micro quick- Cordsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8--1
withstand high pressure washdown disconnect Mounting Bracket,
applications in the food and beverage Spring Return Style . . . . . . page 2--210
industry. These sensors also offer a S 10…30V DC
high resistance to corrosion caused by Mounting Bracket,
S Standard and extended sensing Swivel/Tilt Style . . . . . . . . . page 2--212
cleansing and exposure to disinfecting range versions
agents. Mounting Bracket,
S IP67, IP68 and IP69K enclosure Right Angle Style . . . . . . . . page 2--213
The switch body consists of a PPS ratings Mounting Bracket,
(FDA Certified) plastic face and Clamp Style . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--214
threaded stainless steel 316L barrel. S Stainless steel 316L barrel
These switches meet NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, End Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--220
S FDA Certified, PPS sensing face
4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13 and IP67, IP68 and Mounting Nuts . . . . . . . . . . page 2--221
IP69K enclosure standards. The S Extended temperature rating
electronic circuitry is potted for (--40…+80°C (--40…+176°F))
protection against shock, vibration, and S Short circuit, false pulse, reverse General Information
contamination. polarity, overload and transient noise
protection Torque Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--225
These sensors are available in 12 and Metric/English
18 mm diameter housings. Connection S cULus Listed and CE Marked for all Conversion Chart . . . . . . . . . page 14--6
options are limited to 4-pin applicable directives
(complementary output) DC micro
S ECOLAB Certified
quick-disconnect style.

2-- 93
871TS Food and Beverage
Specifications
Repeatability ≤5%
871TS DC Micro
12, 18 mm Short Circuit Protection Incorporated
Features Certfications cULus Listed and CE Marked for all applicable directives
Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13, IP67, IP68 and IP69K;
S 4-wire operation (complementary
stainless steel 316L, PPS (FDA Certified) plastic face
normally open and normallly closed
outputs) Connections Quick-Disconnect: 4-pin micro style
S Gold-plated 4-pin micro quick- LED Yellow: Output Energized

disconnect Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 40…+80° (-- 40…+176°)
S 10…30V DC Shock 30 g, 11 ms
S Standard and extended sensing
range versions
S IP67, IP68 and IP69K enclosure Correction Factors
ratings Target Material Correction Factor
S Stainless steel 316L barrel Steel 1.0
S FDA Certified, PPS sensing face Stainless Steel 0.7…0.8

Brass 0.4…0.5
S Extended temperature rating
(--40…80°C (--40…176°F)) Aluminum 0.3…0.4
Copper 0.2…0.3
S Short circuit, false pulse, reverse
polarity, overload and transient noise
protection
S ECOLAB Certified

871TS Food and Beverage
Product Selection
Cat. No.
Diameter [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] Micro QD Style
NPN 871TS-- D2BN12-- D4
2 (0.08) Y 2000
PNP 871TS-- D2BP12-- D4
NPN 871TS-- M4BN12-- D4
4 (0.16) Y 2000
PNP 871TS-- M4BP12-- D4
12 mm N.O. and N.C.
NPN 871TS-- D4BN12-- D4
4 (0.16) N 2000
PNP 871TS-- D4BP12-- D4
NPN 871TS-- N8BN12-- D4
8 (0.31) N 2000
PNP 871TS-- N8BP12-- D4
NPN 871TS-- D5BN18-- D4
5 (0.20) Y 1500
PNP 871TS-- D5BP18-- D4
NPN 871TS-- M8BN18-- D4
8 (0.31) Y 1500
PNP 871TS-- M8BP18-- D4
18 mm N.O. and N.C.
NPN 871TS-- D8BN18-- D4
8 (0.31) N 1500
PNP 871TS-- D8BP18-- D4
NPN 871TS-- N12BN18-- D4
12 (0.47) N 1500
PNP 871TS-- N12BP18-- D4

End Caps 2-- 220

Micro QD Style
A PNP (Sourcing)
D + N.C.
LED
Load
C --
B + N.O. --
M12 x 1 Load
-- 10…30V DC +
[mm (in.)]
M12 X 1 Y 12.0 (0.47) 65.0 (2.56) 38.1 (1.50) —
M12 X 1 N 12.0 (0.47) 65.0 (2.56) 32.5 (1.28) 6.5 (0.26)
M18 X 1 Y 18.0 (0.71) 63.0 (2.48) 34.5 (1.36) —
M18 X 1 N 18.0 (0.71) 63.0 (2.48) 26.5 (1.04) 8.0 (0.31)

2-- 95
Notes

Bulletin 871Z
Threaded PTFE-Coated Brass Barrel
Description These sensors are available in 12, 18 Styles

and 30 mm diameters. Connection
Bulletin 871Z inductive proximity DC 3-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--104
options include a 2-meter cable, mini
sensors are self-contained, solid state
quick-disconnect and micro
switching devices designed to sense AC/DC 2-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--100
quick-disconnect.
the presence of metal objects (ferrous
and nonferrous) without touching them. Accessories
These special weld-field immune Features
models are ideal for welding S Cable or quick-disconnect styles Cordsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8--1
environments and other applications
S PTFE-coated brass barrel Mounting Bracket,
where large magnetic fields are present.
Spring Return Style . . . . . . page 2--210
They are rated for reliable operation at S Weld field immunity
a 25.4 mm (1 in.) distance from a Mounting Bracket,
current line carrying 20,000 A. S Short circuit, false pulse, overload,
The electronic circuitry is potted for
Mounting Bracket,
protection against shock, vibration, and S UL Listed, CSA Certified (AC/DC
models) and CE Marked for all Clamp Style . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--214
contamination and is enclosed in a
threaded, PTFE-coated brass housing applicable directives PTFE End Caps . . . . . . . . . page 2--219
which meets NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X,
6, 6P, 12, 13 and IP67 (IEC529) Mounting Nuts . . . . . . . . . . page 2--221
enclosure standards. The PTFE-coated
housing and mounting nuts, Thermoset Lock Washers . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--223
Plastic plastic face, and fire-retardant
cable offer a high degree of weld General Information
splatter protection. The heavy #18 AWG
SOOW--A cable offers additional
abrasion, chemical, and environmental Metric/English
protection. Conversion Chart . . . . . . . . . page 14--6
All units are provided with short circuit,
overload, transient noise, and false
pulse protection and weld field immunity
which exceeds 20,000 A at 25.4 mm
(1 in.) from the welding tip. All of these
protections mean you can reduce your
down time due to improper wiring,
shorts, radio frequency interference,
line spikes, and many other causes.
This distance varies with current line

amperage. See page 2--10 of the Introduction
section to determine the minimum distance for
your application.

2-- 97
871Z 3-Wire DC Weld Field Immune
PTFE Face/Threaded PTFE-Coated Brass Barrel
Specifications
Leakage Current ≤10 μΑ
871Z DC Mini Repeatability ≤10%
Quick-Disconnect Style Hysteresis ≤15% typical
18, 30 mm
Weld Field Immunity 20,000 A at 1 inch
Certifications CE Marked for all applicable directives
Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 12 and 13, IP67 (IEC529)
871Z DC Micro PTFE coated brass barrel
12, 18, 30 mm Connections Quick-Disconnect:4-pin mini style
4-pin micro style
Features
S 3-wire operation Shock 30 g, 11 ms
S 3-conductor or 4-pin connection Vibration 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude, 3 planes
S 10…30V DC
S Weld field immunity Correction Factors
S Normally open output Target Material Correction Factor

Steel 1.0
S Reverse polarity, short circuit,
overload, false pulse and transient Stainless Steel 0.7…0.8
noise protection Brass 0.4…0.5
S CE Marked for all applicable Aluminum 0.3…0.4

directives Copper 0.3…0.4

871Z 3-Wire DC Weld Field Immune
Product Selection
Switching Cat. No.
Diameter [mm (in.)] Configuration Frequency [Hz] Mini QD Style Micro QD Style
Shielded
12 mm 2 (0.08) Y N.O. PNP 15 — 871Z- DW2NP12- D4
18 mm 5 (0.20) Y N.O. PNP 15 871Z-- DW5NP18-- N4 871Z- DW5NP18- D4
30 mm 10 (0.39) Y N.O. PNP 15 871Z-- DW10NP30-- N4 871Z-- DW10NP30-- D4
Recommended Standard QD Cordset (-- 6F = 1.8 m (6 ft), - 2 = 2 m (6.5 ft)) 889N-- F4AFC-- 6F 889D-- F4WE-- 2

PTFE End Caps 2-- 219

Mini QD Style
A
Normally Open
PNP (Sourcing)
LED
+
Load
C --
B
7/8--16UNF--2A -- 10…30V DC +
[mm (in.)]

M18 X 1 Y 18.0 (0.71) 90 (3.54) 53 (2.09)
M30 X 1.5 Y 30.0 (1.18) 90 (3.54) 56 (2.20)
Micro QD Style
A Normally Open
PNP (Sourcing)
LED
C
-- +
B Load
M12 X 1 10…30V DC
-- +
[mm (in.)]

M12 X 1 Y 12.0 (0.47) 70.0 (2.76) 50.0 (1.97)
M18 X 1 Y 18.0 (0.71) 80.0 (3.15) 60.0 (2.36)
M30 X 1.5 Y 30.0 (1.18) 80.0 (3.15) 60.0 (2.36)

2-- 99
871Z 2-Wire AC/DC Weld Field Immune
Thermoset Plastic Face/Threaded PTFE-Coated Brass Barrel
Specifications
12 mm 18 & 30 mm
Voltage Drop ≤10V @ 5…200 mA ≤10V @ 5…250 mA
871Z AC/DC Mini Repeatability ≤10% at constant temperature
Quick-Disconnect Style Hysteresis 7% typical
12, 18, 30 mm
Short Circuit Protection Incorporated, Incorporated,
trigger @ 5 A typical trigger @ 8 A typical
Overload Protection Incorporated, Incorporated,
trigger @ 260 mA typical trigger @ 320 mA typical
Weld Field Immunity 20,000A at 1 inch
871Z AC/DC Micro Reverse Polarity Incorporated
Quick-Disconnect Style Protection (DC output)
12, 18, 30 mm Certifications UL Listed, CSA Certified and CE Marked for all applicable directives
Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13, IP67 (IEC529)
Features PTFE coated housing
S 2-wire operation Connections Cable: 2 m (6.5 ft) length
C2 —2 conductor #22 AWG ToughLink™
S 2-conductor, 3-conductor, or 3-pin H2—3 conductor #18 AWG ToughLink
connection Quick-Disconnect:3-pin micro style
3-pin mini style
S 20…250V AC/DC
LEDs Red: Output energized Red: Flashing short circuit/
S Normally open or normally closed Green: Power overload
output Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 25…+70° (-- 13…+158°)
S Weld field immunity Shock 30 g, 11 ms
S Short circuit, false pulse, overload, Vibration 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude, 3 planes
S UL Listed, CSA Certified and CE Correction Factors
Marked for all applicable directives Target Material Correction Factor
Steel 1.0
Brass 0.4…0.5
Aluminum 0.3…0.4
Copper 0.3…0.4
2-- 100 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

Product Selection
Cat. No.
N.O. 30 — 871Z-- BW2N12-- N3 871Z-- BW2N12-- R3
2 (0.08) Y
N.C. 20 — 871Z-- BW2C12-- N3 871Z-- BW2C12-- R3
12 mm
N.O. 30 — 871Z-- BW4N12-- N3 871Z-- BW4N12-- R3
4 (0.16) N
N.C. 20 — 871Z-- BW4C12-- N3 871Z-- BW4C12-- R3
N.O. 30 871Z-- BW5N18-- H2 871Z-- BW5N18-- N3 871Z-- BW5N18-- R3

5 (0.20) Y
N.C. 20 871Z-- BW5C18-- H2 871Z-- BW5C18-- N3 871Z-- BW5C18-- R3
18 mm
N.O. 30 — 871Z-- BW8N18-- N3 871Z-- BW8N18-- R3
8 (0.31) N
N.C. 20 — 871Z-- BW8C18-- N3 871Z-- BW8C18-- R3
N.O. 30 871Z-- BW10N30-- H2 871Z-- BW10N30-- N3 871Z-- BW10N30-- R3

10 (0.39) Y
N.C. 20 871Z-- BW10C30-- H2 871Z-- BW10C30-- N3 871Z-- BW10C30-- R3
30 mm
N.O. 30 — 871Z-- BW15N30-- N3 871Z-- BW15N30-- R3
15 (0.59) N
N.C. 20 — 871Z-- BW15C30-- N3 871Z-- BW15C30-- R3
Recommended Standard QD Cordset (-- 6F = 1.8 m (6 ft), - 2 = 2 m (6.5 ft)) 889N-- F3AFC-- 6F 889R-- F3WEA-- 2
12 mm models utilize the same outer and inner jacket materials, but are not SOOW--A rated.
Note: This Allen-Bradley Weld Field Immune proximity sensor is also available with additional weld slag resistant material on
the sensing face. Consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for details.

Approximate Dimensions —[mm (in.)] Wiring Diagram

Cable Style
LEDs
Brown Brown
2 m (6.5 ft)
Blue Blue
Load Load
C
B Green/Yellow Green/Yellow
A
D
Note: Rear portion of barrel left uncoated for ground contact on 12 mm models.
[mm (in.)]

M18 X 1 Y 18.0 (0.71) 74.68 (2.94) 61.6 (2.43)
0.8 (0.03)
M30 X 1.5 Y 30.0 (1.18) 77.52 (3.05) 64.3 (2.53)

2-- 101

Mini QD Style
LEDs Ground
D
C
B
7/8--16UNF--2A
Load
Note: Rear portion of barrel left uncoated for ground contact Note 1: No ground pin on 12 mm. Attach housing to ground.
on 12 mm models. Note 2: Load can be switched to pin 2.
[mm (in.)]

Y 46.2 (1.82)
M12 X 1 12.0 (0.47) 93.45 (3.68)
N 40.7 (1.52)
Y 57.28 (2.26) 0.8 (0.03)
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71) 75.82 (2.99)
N 44.6 (1.76)
M30 X 1.5 Y 30.0 (1.18) 86.66 (3.41) 64.3 (2.53)
Micro QD Style
A
LEDs Ground
D
1
2 3 Load
C
B
1/2--20UNF--2A
Note: Rear portion of barrel left uncoated for ground contact Note 1: No ground pin on 12 mm. Attach housing to ground.
on 12 mm models. Note 2: Load can be switched to pin 2.
[mm (in.)]
Y 46.7 (1.85)
M12 X 1 12.0 (0.47) 90.1 (3.55)
N 39.7 (1.56)
Y 61.6 (2.43) 0.8 (0.03)
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71) 83.5 (3.29)
N 48.9 (1.93)
M30 X 1.5 Y 30.0 (1.18) 86.0 (3.38) 64.3 (2.53)

Bulletin 871ZT/Equal Sensing
f

Bulletin 871ZT inductive proximity S Weld field immune DC 3-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--104
sensors are self contained, solid-state
S Weld-slag resistant PTFE-coated
switching devices designed to sense Accessories
brass barrel and face
the presence of metal objects without
touching them. However, unlike most S Equal sensing for all metals Cordsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8--1
inductive sensors, Bulletin 871ZT Conduit Adaptors . . . . . . . . page 2--209
S Normally open output
sensors are equal sensing inductive Mounting Brackets,
proximity sensors; they sense all metals S Reverse polarity, short circuit, Spring Return Style . . . . . . page 2--210
at nearly the same distance. overload, false pulse and transient
Additionally, these special weld-field noise protection Mounting Brackets,
immune models are ideal for welding Swivel/Tilt Style . . . . . . . . . page 2--212
S cULus Listed and CE Marked for all Mounting Brackets,
where large magnetic fields are present. applicable directives Right Angle Style . . . . . . . . page 2--213
The electronic circuitry is potted for Mounting Brackets,
protection against shock, vibration, and Clamp Style . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--214
contamination and is enclosed in a End Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--220
threaded, PTFE-coated brass housing, Mounting Nuts . . . . . . . . . . page 2--221
which meets IP67 (IEC 529) enclosure
standards. The PTFE-coated housing, Lock Washers . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--223
face and mounting nuts offer a high
degree of weld-splatter protection. General Information
All units are provided with short circuit, Torque Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--225
overload, transient noise, and false Metric/English
pulse protection and weld-field Conversion Chart . . . . . . . . . page 14--6
immunity, which exceeds 20,000 A at
25.4 mm (1 in.) from the welding tip. All
of these protections mean that you can
reduce your downtime due to improper
wiring, shorts, radio frequency
interference, line spikes, and many
other causes.
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs. New1 2-- 103

871ZT 3-Wire DC Weld Field Immune/Equal Sensing
Specifications
871ZT DC Micro Repeatability ≤5% typical
Quick-Disconnect Style Hysteresis ≤10% typical
12, 18, 30 mm
Features
S 3-wire operation
S 4-pin micro quick-disconnect Overload Protection Incorporated
S 10…30V DC Weld Field Immunity Up to 1260 Gauss (M5)
S Weld field immunity Certifications cULus Listed and CE Marked for all applicable directives
S Weld-slag resistant PTFE coated Enclosure IP67 (IEC 529)
brass barrel and face PTFE coated brass barrel
Connections Quick-Disconnect: 4-pin micro style
S Equal sensing for all metals
LED 360_ LED visibility; Orange: Target Present
S Reverse polarity, short circuit, Shock 30 g, 11 ms
overload, false pulse and transient
noise protection
Correction Factors
Steel 1.0
Stainless Steel 0.9-- 1.1
Brass 0.9-- 1.1
Aluminum 0.9-- 1.1
Copper 0.9-- 1.1

871ZT 3-Wire DC Weld Field Immune/Equal Sensing
Product Selection
Cat. No.
Nominal Sensing Switching Frequency
Barrel Diameter Distance [mm (in.)] Shielded Outout Configuration [Hz] Micro QD Style
3 (0.12) Y 2000 871ZT-- MB3NP12-- D4
12 mm
8 (0.31) N 2000 871ZT-- NB8NP12-- D4
5 (0.20) Y 2500 871ZT-- MB5NP18-- D4
18 mm N.O. PNP
12 (0.47) N 2500 871ZT-- NB12NP18-- D4
10 (0.39) Y 600 871ZT-- MB10NP30-- D4
30 mm
20 (0.79) N 1000 871ZT-- NB20NP30-- D4
Recommended Standard QD Cordset (-- 6F = 1.8 m (6 ft), - 2 = 2 m (6.5 ft)) 889D-- F4WE-- 2
Dimensions [mm (in.)] Wiring Diagram

Micro QD Style
Normally Open
A PNP (Sourcing)
D
LED indicators
C -- +
Load
B
M12 x 1 10…30V DC
-- +

Y 12 (0.47) 65 (2.56) 50 (1.97) —
M12x1
N 12 (0.47) 65 (2.56) 40 (1.58) 10 (0.39)
Y 18 (0.71) 65 (2.56) 50 (1.97) —
M18x1
N 18 (0.71) 65 (2.56) 40.5 (1.59) 10 (0.39)
Y 30 (1.18) 65 (2.56) 50.5 (1.99) —
M30x1
N 30 (1.18) 65 (2.56) 37.5 (1.48) 13 (.51)

2-- 105
Notes

Bulletin 871ZC
Thermoset Plastic Face/Threaded Copper Barrel
Description These sensors are available in 12, 18 Styles

Bulletin 871ZC inductive proximity DC 3-Wire
options include a mini quick-disconnect
sensors are self-contained, solid state Weld Field Immune . . . . . . page 2--108
and micro quick-disconnect.
switching devices designed to sense
the presence of metal objects (ferrous AC/DC 2-Wire
and nonferrous) without touching them. Features Weld Field Immune . . . . . . page 2--110
These special weld-field immune S Micro and mini quick-disconnect
models are ideal for welding styles Accessories
where large magnetic fields are present. S Copper barrel Cordsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8--1
They are rated for reliable operation at S Weld field immunity Mounting Bracket,
25.4 mm (1 in.) from a current line
S Short circuit, false pulse, overload, Spring Return Style . . . . . . page 2--210
carrying 20,000 A.
and transient noise protection Mounting Bracket,
The electronic circuitry is potted for
protection against shock, vibration, and S Optional ToughCoatt finish on Right Angle Style . . . . . . . . page 2--213
contamination and is enclosed in a sensor face
Mounting Bracket,
threaded, copper housing, which meets S CE Marked for all applicable Clamp Style . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--214
NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13 directives
and IP67 (IEC529) enclosure PTFE End Caps . . . . . . . . . page 2--219
standards. The copper housing,
mounting nuts, and thermoset plastic Mounting Nuts . . . . . . . . . . page 2--221
face offer a high degree of weld splatter
protection. Lock Washers . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--223
All units are provided with short circuit,
overload, transient noise, and false General Information
pulse protection and weld field immunity Torque Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--225
which exceeds 20,000 A at 25.4 mm Metric/English
(1 in.) from the welding tip. All of these Conversion Chart . . . . . . . . . page 14--6
protections mean you can reduce your
down time due to improper wiring,
shorts, radio frequency interference,
line spikes, and many other causes.
This distance varies with current line amperage.

See page 2-- 10 of the Introduction section to
determine the minimum distance for your
application.
Our ToughCoat finish is a proprietary composite
material which resists the adhesion and
accumulation of weld slag particles, thereby
improving and extending sensor performance.

2-- 107
871ZC 3-Wire DC Weld Field Immune
Specifications
871ZC DC Micro Hysteresis 10% typical
12, 18, 30 mm
Features
S 360_ LED Overload Protection Incorporated
S Copper barrel Weld Field Immunity 20,000 A at 1 inch
S Weld field immunity Certifications UL Listed, cUL Certified and CE Marked for all applicable directives
S 3-wire operation Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 12 and 13, IP67 (IEC529)
Copper barrel, thermoset plastic face
S 4-pin micro QD connection
Connections Quick-Disconnect: 4-pin micro style
S 10…30V DC LED Red: Target Present
S Normally open output Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 25…+70° (-- 13…+158°)
S Reverse polarity, short circuit, Shock 30 g, 11 ms
overload, false pulse and transient Vibration 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude, 3 planes
noise protection
S Optional ToughCoat finish on sensor Correction Factors
face
S UL Listed, cUL Certified and CE
Steel 1.0
Brass 0.4…0.5
Aluminum 0.3…0.4
Copper 0.3…0.4


871ZC 3-Wire DC Weld Field Immune
Product Selection
Switching Cat. No.
Barrel Nominal Sensing Distance ToughCoat Output
Diameter [mm (in.)] Shielded Finish Configuration Frequency [Hz] Micro QD Style
Uncoated 871ZC-- MW2NP12-- D4
2 (0.07) Y
12 mm Face Only 871ZC-- MV2NP12-- D4
4 (0.15) N Uncoated 871ZC-- NW4NP12-- D4
5 (0.19) Y
Face Only 871ZC-- MV5NP18-- D4
18 mm N.O. PNP 15
8 (0.31) Uncoated 871ZC-- NW8NP18-- D4
N
15 (0.59) Uncoated 871ZC-- NW15NP18-- D4
10 (0.39) Y
30 mm Face Only 871ZC-- MV10NP30-- D4
15 (0.59) N Uncoated 871ZC-- NW15NP30-- D4
Recommended standard QD cordset (-- 2 = 2 m (6.5 ft)) 889D-- F4WE-- 2


Micro QD Style
A Normally Open
PNP (Sourcing)
4 porthole D
LED indicators
C
B -- +
M12 x 1 Load
10…30V DC
-- +
[mm (in.)]

Y 65 (2.56) 37.7 (1.48) —
M12 X 1 12.0 (0.47)
N 70.6 (2.78) 37.7 (1.48) 6.3 (0.25)
Y 80.0 (3.15) 52.8 (2.08) —
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71)
N 88.5 (3.48) 52.8 (2.08) 9.6 (0.38)
Y 85.9 (3.38) 68.6 (2.70) —
M30 X 1 30.0 (1.18)
N 99.0 (3.90) 68.6 (2.70) 14.5 (0.57)

2-- 109
871ZC 2-Wire AC/DC Weld Field Immune
Specifications
12 mm 18 & 30 mm
Voltage Drop ≤10V @ 5…200 mA ≤10V @ 5…250 mA
871ZC AC/DC Mini Transient Noise Protection Incorporated
Quick-Disconnect Style Short Circuit Protection Incorporated, Incorporated,
12, 18, 30 mm trigger @ 5 A typical trigger @ 8 A typical
Overload Protection Incorporated, Incorporated,
Features trigger @ 260 mA typical trigger @ 320 mA typical
S 2-wire operation Weld Field Immunity 20,000A @ 1 inch
S 3-pin connection Reverse Polarity Incorporated

Protection (DC output)
S 20…250V AC/DC Certifications UL Listed, CSA Certified and CE Marked for all applicable directives
S Normally open or normally closed Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13, IP67 (IEC529)
output Copper barrel
S Weld field immunity Connections Quick-Disconnect: 3-pin micro style
3-pin mini style
S Short circuit, false pulse, overload,
LEDs Red: Output energized/short circuit (flashing)
and transient noise protection Green: Power
S UL Listed, CSA Certified and CE Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 25…+70° (-- 13…+158°)
Marked for all applicable directives 30 g, 11 ms
Shock
S Optional ToughCoatt finish on Vibration 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude, 3 planes
sensor face
Correction Factors
Steel 1.0
Brass 0.4…0.5
Aluminum 0.3…0.4
Copper 0.3…0.4


Product Selection
Cat. No.
Barrel Nominal Sensing Distance ToughCoat Output Switching
Diameter [mm (in.)] Shielded Finish Configuration Frequency [Hz] Mini QD Style Micro QD Style
Uncoated N.O. 30 871ZC-- BW2N12-- N3 871ZC-- BW2N12-- R3
2 (0.08) Y Face Only N.O. 30 — 871ZC-- JV2N12-- R3

12 mm Uncoated N.C. 20 871ZC-- BW2C12-- N3 871ZC-- BW2C12-- R3
4 (0.16) N
Uncoated N.C. 20 871ZC-- BW4C12-- N3 871ZC-- BW4C12-- R3
5 (0.20) Y Face Only N.O. 30 — 871ZC-- JV5N18-- R3

18 mm Uncoated N.C. 20 871ZC-- BW5C18-- N3 871ZC-- BW5C18-- R3
8 (0.31) N
30 mm 10 (0.39) Y Face Only N.O. 30 — 871ZC-- JV10N30-- R3
Recommended standard QD cordset (-- 6F = 1.8 m (6 ft)) 889N-- F3AFC-- 6F 889R-- F3WEA-- 2


2-- 111

Mini QD Style
LEDs
D Ground
C
B Load
Note 1: No ground pin on 12 mm. Attach housing to ground.

7/8--16UNF--2A
[mm (in.)]

Y 46.1 (1.81) 0.8 (0.03)
M12 X 1 12.0 (0.47) 93.5 (3.68)
N 38.7 (1.52) 8.1 (0.32)
Y 57.3 (2.25) —
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71) 75.8 (2.99)
N 44.6 (1.76) 12.7 (0.50)
M30 X 1.5 Y 30.0 (1.18) 86.7 (3.41) 64.3 (2.53) —
Micro QD Style
A
LEDs Ground
D 1
2 3
Load
C
B
1/2--20UNF--2A
Note 1: No ground pin on 12 mm. Attach housing to ground.
[mm (in.)]

Y 47.0 (1.85) 0.8 (0.03)
M12 X 1 12.0 (0.47) 90.1 (3.55)
N 39.6 (1.56) 8.1 (0.32)
Y 61.6 (2.43) —
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71) 83.5 (3.29)
N 48.9 (1.93) 12.7 (0.50)
M30 X 1.5 Y 30.0 (1.18) 86.0 (3.39) 64.3 (2.53) —

Bulletin 871C
Plastic Face/Plastic Barrel or Nickel-Plated Brass Barrel

Bulletin 871C inductive proximity S Cable or quick-disconnect styles DC 3-Wire Small Diameter page 2--114
sensors are self-contained, general DC 3-Wire Extended
purpose, solid-state devices designed Temperature Range . . . . . . page 2--117
to sense the presence of ferrous and S Overload protection
nonferrous metal objects without AC 2-Wire Full-Featured . . page 2--119
touching them.
S False pulse protection AC 2-Wire Plastic Barrel . . page 2--122
The switch body consists of a plastic
face and either a stainless steel barrel, S Reverse polarity protection NAMUR Intrinsically Safe . page 2--124
nickel-plated brass barrel or plastic Analog Output . . . . . . . . . . page 2--127
S CE Marked for all applicable
barrel. The electronic circuitry is potted
directives (most models)
for protection against shock, vibration, Accessories
and contamination.
Cordsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8--1
These sensors are available in 3, 4, 5,
8, 12, 18 and 30 mm diameters, with Conduit Adaptors . . . . . . . . page 2--209
smooth or threaded barrels. Connection Mounting Brackets,
options include a 2 m cable, micro Spring Return Style . . . . . . page 2--210
quick-disconnect, and pico Mounting Brackets,
quick-disconnect. Swivel/Tilt Style . . . . . . . . . page 2--212
Mounting Brackets,
Mounting Brackets,
Clamp Style . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--214
End Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--220
Mounting Nuts . . . . . . . . . . page 2--221
General Information
Metric/English
AC full-featured and DC models only.

2-- 113
871C 3-Wire DC
Plastic Face/Small Threaded or Smooth Nickel-Plated Brass Barrel
Specifications
Barrel Diameter 3 mm Smooth Barrel and 4 mm Smooth Barrel and
4 mm Threaded Barrel 5 mm Threaded Barrel
871C DC Cable Style Load Current ≤100 mA ≤200 mA
Smooth Barrel ≤0.1 mA
Leakage Current
3, 4 mm
Repeatability ≤5%
871C DC Pico Style 3-Pin 6 inch Lead
Smooth Barrel Reverse Polarity Protection Incorporated
4, 5 mm Short Circuit Protection Incorporated
Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 12, 13 IP67 (cable only) IP65 (qd only) (IEC529);
Stainless steel barrel
Connections Cable: 2 m (6.5 ft) length Cable: 2 m (6.5 ft) length
871C DC Cable Style 3-conductor PUR 3-conductor PVC
Threaded Barrel Quick-Disconnect: 3-pin pico style Quick-Disconnect: 3-pin pico style
4, 5 mm 3-- pin pico on
6 in. lead
LED Red or Yellow: Output energized
871C DC Cable Style
Shock 30 g, 11 ms
Smooth Barrel
4 mm Vibration 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude, 3 planes
Correction Factors
871C DC Pico Quick-Disconnect Target Material Correction Factor
Style Threaded Barrel Steel 1.0
5 mm
Brass 0.4…0.5
S 3-wire operation Copper 0.3…0.4
S 3-conductor, 3-pin pico or 3-pin pico
on 6 inch lead
S 10…30V DC
S Normally open
S False pulse, transient noise, reverse
polarity and short circuit protections
applicable directives (except for
3 mm models)

871C 3-Wire DC
Product Selection
Nominal
Sensing Cat. No.
Barrel Barrel Distance Output Switching
Dia. Type [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] Cable Style Pico QD Style Pico with Lead Style
NPN 871C-- DM1NN3-- E2 — 871C-- DM1NN3-- AP3
0.6 (0.02) 5000
PNP 871C- DM1NP3- E2 — 871C-- DM1NP3-- AP3
3 Smooth
NPN 871C-- MM1NN3-- E2 — 871C-- MM1NN3-- AP3
1 (0.04) 3000
PNP 871C-- MM1NP3-- E2 — 871C-- MM1NP3-- AP3
NPN 871C-- D1NN4-- E2 — 871C-- D1NN4-- AP3
0.8 (0.03) 5000
PNP 871C- D1NP4- E2 — 871C-- D1NP4-- AP3
Threaded
NPN 871C-- M1NN4-- E2 — 871C-- M1NN4-- AP3
1 (0.04) 3000
PNP 871C-- M1NP4-- E2 — 871C-- M1NP4-- AP3
4 Y N.O.
NPN 871C-- DM1NN4-- E2 871C-- DM1NN4-- P3 —
0.8 (0.03) 5000
PNP 871C- DM1NP4- E2 871C-- DM1NP4-- P3 871C-- DM1NP4-- AP3
Smooth
NPN 871C-- MM2NN4-- E2 871C-- MM2NN4-- P3 —
1.5 (0.06) 3000
PNP 871C-- MM2NP4-- E2 871C-- MM2NP4-- P3 —
NPN 871C-- D1NN5-- E2 871C-- D1NN5-- P3 —
1 (0.04) 5000
PNP 871C- D1NP5- E2 871C- D1NP5- P3 —
5 Threaded
NPN 871C-- M2NN5-- E2 871C-- M2NN5-- P3 —
1.5 (0.06) 3000
PNP 871C-- M2NP5-- E2 871C-- M2NP5-- P3 —
Recommended cordset 889P-- F3AB-- 2

End Caps 2-- 220

2-- 115
871C 3-Wire DC

Cable Style
2m (6.5ft) Normally Open
LED 2 m (6.5 ft)
+ -- + --
10…30V DC 10…30V DC
Brown
Brown + --
B + -- Blue Load
A B Load Black
A Black
Blue
C
Smooth Threaded
[mm (in.)]
Smooth Diameter Thread Size Shielded A B C

3.0 — Y 3.0 (0.12) 22.0 (0.87) —
4.0 — Y 4.0 (0.16) 25.0 (0.98) —
4.0 M4 x 0.5 Y 4.0 (0.16) 22.0 (0.87) —
5.0 M5 x 0.5 Y 5.0 (0.20) 25.0 (0.98) —
Pico QD Style
A LED
A Normally Open
LED
D PNP (Sourcing) NPN (Sinking)
-- +
C Load
Load
B B +
--
Smooth Threaded + 10…30V DC -- + 10…30V DC --
[mm (in.)]
Smooth Diameter Thread Size Shielded A B C D

4.0 — Y 4.0 (0.16) 38.0 (1.50) 19.0 (0.74) —
5.0 M5 x 0.5 Y 5.0 (0.20) 38.0 (1.50) 23.0 (0.90) —
Pico with Lead Style

Normally Open
PNP (Sourcing) NPN (Sinking)
LED
Indicator -- +
Load
Load
D +
C --
B
A + 10…30V DC --
+ 10…30V DC --
[mm (in.)]
Barrel Diameter Shielded A B C D

3.0 Y 3.0 (0.12) 22.0 (0.87) — 150.0 (5.9)
4.0 Y 4.0 (0.16) 22.0 (0.87) 19.0 (0.74) 150.0 (5.9)

871C 3-Wire DC Extended Temperature
Specifications
871C DC Cable Style Hysteresis ≤15% typical
12, 18, 30 mm
Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 12, 13, IP67 (IEC529 )
871C DC Micro
12, 18, 30 mm Connections Cable: 2 m (6.5 ft) length
3-conductor PUR
Description LED Orange: Output Energized
Bulletin 871C inductive proximity Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 40…+100° (-- 40…+212°)
sensors are self-contained, solid state
Shock 30 g, 11 ms
devices designed for most industrial
applications where it is required to Vibration 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude, 3 planes
sense the presence of metal objects
without touching them. These special Features
extended temperature models are ideal Correction Factors
S 3-wire operation Target Material Correction Factor
for industrial environments where
temperatures can reach as high as S 3-conductor or 4-pin connection Steel 1.0
212_F (100_C) or as low as --40_F S 10…30V DC Stainless Steel 0.9
(--40_C). They are available for current
source (PNP) operation with a normally S Extended temperature range Brass 0.5
open output. S Normally open output Aluminum 0.45
Each switch has a plastic face and a Copper 0.4
S Short circuit, false pulse, reverse
nickel-plated brass housing which meet polarity, overload and transient noise
NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 12, 13 and IP67
protection
(IEC529) enclosure standards. The
electronic circuitry is potted for S CE Marked for all applicable
protection against shock, vibration, and directives
contamination.
These sensors are available in 12, 18,
options include: 2 m (6.5 ft) PUR cable
or micro quick-disconnect (4 pin,
1 keyway).

2-- 117
871C 3-Wire DC Extended Temperature
Product Selection
2 (0.08) Y 2000 871C-- DT2NP12-- U2 871C-- DT2NP12-- D4
12 mm N.O. PNP
4 (0.16) N 1000 871C-- DT4NP12-- U2 871C-- DT4NP12-- D4
5 (0.20) Y 1000 871C-- DT5NP18-- U2 871C-- DT5NP18-- D4
18 mm N.O. PNP
8 (0.31) N 500 871C-- DT8NP18-- U2 871C-- DT8NP18-- D4
10 (0.39) Y 500 871C-- DT10NP30-- U2 871C-- DT10NP30-- D4
30 mm N.O. PNP
15 (0.59) N 300 871C-- DT15NP30-- U2 871C-- DT15NP30-- D4


Cable Style
LED Normally Open
+ PNP --
2 m (6.5 ft) (Sourcing)
10…30V DC
Brown + --
C Load
A B Black
D Blue
[mm (in.)]
Y 40.0 (1.57) —
M12 X 1 12.0 (0.47)
N 34.0 (1.34) 6.0 (0.24)
Y 40.0 (1.57) —
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71) 40.0 (1.57)
N 32.0 (1.26) 8.0 (0.31)
Y 40.0 (1.57) —
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18)
N 28.0 (1.12) 12.0 (0.47)
Micro QD Style
A Normally Open
PNP (Sourcing)
LED D
2 1
C 3 4
B
M12 X 1 -- Load +
10…30V DC
-- +
[mm (in.)]
Y 40.0 (1.57) —
M12 X 1 12.0 (0.47)
N 34.0 (1.34) 6.0 (0.24)
Y 40.0 (1.57) —
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71) 60.0 (2.36)
N 32.0 (1.26) 8.0 (0.31)
Y 40.0 (1.57) —
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18)
N 28.0 (1.10) 12.0 (0.47)

871C 2-Wire AC Full Featured
Specifications
Barrel Diameter 12 mm 18 and 30 mm
871C AC Cable Style
18, 30 mm Operating Voltage 20…250V AC
Voltage Drop ≤10V @ 5…200 mA, ≤10V @ 5…250 mA
Overload Protection Incorporated, trigger at 250 mA typical Incorporated, trigger at 320 mA typical
871C AC Mini
12, 18, 30 mm Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13 IP67 (IEC529)
Nickel plated brass barrel
2-conductor PVC
Quick Disconnect: 3-pin micro style
3-pin mini style
871C AC Micro LED Red: Output energized/Short Circuit (Flashing)

Quick-Disconnect Style Green: Power
12, 18, 30 mm Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 25…+70° (-- 13…+158°)
Shock 30 g, 11 ms
Features Vibration 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude, 3 planes
S 2-wire operation
Correction Factors
S 20…250V AC Steel 1.0
S Normally open or normally closed Stainless Steel 0.9
output
Brass 0.5
S Short circuit, false pulse, overload, Aluminum 0.45
Copper 0.4

2-- 119
Plastic Face/Threaded Nickel--Plated Brass Barrel
Product Selection
Cat. No.
N.O. 30 871C-- A2N12-- A2 871C-- A2N12-- N3 871C-- A2N12-- R3

12 mm 2 (0.08) Y
N.C. 20 871C-- A2C12-- A2 871C-- A2C12-- N3 871C-- A2C12-- R3
N.O. 30 871C-- A5N18-- A2 871C- A5N18- N3 871C-- A5N18-- R3

18 mm 5 (0.20) Y
N.C. 20 871C-- A5C18-- A2 871C-- A5C18-- N3 871C-- A5C18-- R3
N.O. 30 871C-- A10N30-- A2 871C-- A10N30-- N3 871C-- A10N30-- R3

30 mm 10 (0.39) Y
N.C. 20 871C-- A10C30-- A2 871C-- A10C30-- N3 871C-- A10C30-- R3

End Caps 2-- 220


Cable Style
Brown Brown
2 m (6.5 ft)
Blue Blue
Load Load
C B
A Green/Yellow Green/Yellow
D
Note: Load can be switched to brown wire.
[mm (in.)]

M12 X 1 Y 12.0 (0.47) 78.99 (3.11) 47.24 (1.86)
M18 X 1 Y 18.0 (0.71) 74.68 (2.94) 61.6 (2.43) 0.8 (0.03)
M30 X 1.5 Y 30.0 (1.18) 77.52 (3.05) 64.31 (2.53)
Mini QD Style
LEDs
D Ground
C
B
Load
7/8--16un--2a
Note 1: No ground wire on 12 mm. Attach housing to
ground.
[mm (in.)]
Thread Size A B C D
M12 X 1 12.0 (0.47) 93.45 (3.68) 46.08 (1.81)
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71) 75.82 (2.99) 53.92 (2.12) —
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18) 86.66 (3.41) 64.31 (2.53)
Micro QD Style
LEDs
D Ground
1
2 3 Load
C
B
1/2--20UNF--2A Note 1: No ground wire on 12 mm. Attach housing to ground.
[mm (in.)]
Thread Size A B C D
M12 X 1 12.0 (0.47) 90.42 (3.56) 46.99 (1.85)
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71) 83.54 (3.29) 61.6 (2.43) —
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18) 86.00 (3.39) 64.31 (2.53)

2-- 121
871C 2-Wire AC
Plastic Face/Threaded Plastic Barrel
Specifications
Barrel Diameter 18 mm 30 mm
Leakage Current ≤.1.7 mA
Voltage Drop ≤11V
871C AC Cable Style Hysteresis ≤20% typical
18, 30 mm Transient Noise Protection Incorporated
Features Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 12, 13 IP67 (IEC529)
S 2-wire operation Plastic barrel
S 2-conductor connection Connections Cable: 2 m (6.5 ft) length

2-conductor PVC
S 24…250V AC LED Red: Output energized
S Normally open or normally closed Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 25…+55° (-- 13…+131°)
output Shock 30 g, 11 ms
S Transient noise protection Vibration 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude, 3 planes
directives Correction Factors
Steel 1.0
Brass 0.4…0.5
Aluminum 0.3…0.4
Copper 0.3…0.4

871C 2-Wire AC
Plastic Face/Threaded Plastic Barrel
Product Selection
Switching Cat. No.
Diameter [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] Cable Style
N.O. 871C-- C5S18
5 (0.20) Y
N.C. 871C-- D5S18
18 mm
N.O. 871C- C8R18
8 (0.31) N
N.C. 871C-- D8R18
8
N.O. 871C-- C10S30
10 (0.39) Y
N.C. 871C-- D10S30
30 mm
N.O. 871C- C15R30
15 (0.59) N
N.C. 871C-- D15R30
Accessories
End Caps 2-- 220

Cable Style
Black Black
Blue Blue
2 m (6.5 ft) Load Load
C B Note: Load can be switched to black wire.

A
[mm (in.)]
Thread Size Shielded
A B C D
Y
M18 X 1 18.0 (0.71) 81.0 (3.19)
N
61.0 (2.40) 2.0 (0.08)
Y
M30 X 1.5 30.0 (1.18) 81.0 (3.19)
N
Unshielded proximity sensors require a metal-free zone around the sensing face. Any metal immediately opposite the sensing face should be no closer than
three times the rated nominal sensing distance of the sensor.

2-- 123
871C 2-Wire NAMUR
Nickel-Plated Brass Barrel, Plastic Face
Specifications
Outputs NAMUR (conforms to DIN 19 234)
Load Current Target Present <1 mA
871C NAMUR Load Current Target Absent >3 mA
Cable Style Operating Voltage 5…15V DC (8.2V DC nom., Ri = 1 kohm, DIN 19 234)
8, 12, 18, 30 mm
Ripple Voltage <5%
Repeatability <10%
False Pulse Protection Realized in amplifier
871C NAMUR
Micro Quick-Disconnect Style Transient Noise Protection Realized in amplifier
8, 12, 18, 30 mm Short Circuit Protection Realized in amplifier
Overload Protection Realized in amplifier
Description Enclosure NEMA 4, IP67 (IEC529)
For Allen-Bradley NAMUR style Certifications FM Approved

- Class I, II, III; Divisions 1, 2; Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G
sensors, the sensor input and output CSA Approved
conforms to NAMUR specifications (DIN - Class I, II, III; Divisions 1, 2; Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G
19 234) allowing these sensors to be - Class I; Zone 0, 1, 2; Groups IIC, IIB, IIA
used with any approved NAMUR style CE Marked for all applicable directives
amplifier/ isolator. Allen-Bradley’s Connections Cable: 2 m (6.5 ft) length 2 conductor #22 AWG PVC
NAMUR style sensors are Intrinsically Quick-Disconnect: 4-pin micro style
Safe when used with an approved
Intrinsically Safe NAMUR style isolator. LED None
Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 25…60_ (-- 13…140_)
The 871C NAMUR style family of
sensors can be used in Class I, II, III; Shock 30 g, 11 ms
Division 1 and 2; Groups A, B, C, D, E, Vibration 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude, 3 planes
F, and G as well as Zones 0, 1, 2; Housing Material Nickel-plated brass barrel, plastic face
Groups IIA, IIB, IIC when used with
Allen-Bradley’s NAMUR style
isolators/amplifiers. Installation must be
Correction Factors
in accordance with the National
Electrical Code, ANSI/ISA RP12.6, or Target Material Correction Factor
per other regulations by authority Steel 1.0
having jurisdiction over the installation Stainless Steel 0.7…0.8
site as appropriate.
Brass 0.4…0.5
Aluminum 0.3…0.4
Features
Copper 0.2…0.3
S 2-Wire NAMUR operation
S 8, 12, 18, and 30 mm sizes
Entity Parameters
S Short barrel length
Sensor Barrier
S Shielded and unshielded models
Vmax 16V ≥ Vt
S FM, CSA, and CE Marked for all ATTENTION
Imax 60 mA ≥ It Operating
applicable directives parameters must be
Ci 150 nF ≤ Ca
adhered to.
Li 200 µH ≤ La

871C 2-Wire NAMUR, Cable Style
Product Selection
Cat. No.
1 (0.03) Y 2000 871C-- DH1M8-- A2 871C-- DH1M8-- D4
8 mm
2 (0.06) N 1000 871C-- DH2M8-- A2 871C-- DH2M8-- D4
2 (0.08) Y 2000 871C-- DH2M12-- A2 871C-- DH2M12-- D4
12 mm
4 (0.16) N NAMUR 1000 871C-- DH4M12-- A2 871C-- DH4M12-- D4
5 (0.20) Y DIN 19 234 1000 871C-- DH5M18-- A2 871C-- DH5M18-- D4
18 mm
8 (0.31) N 500 871C-- DH8M18-- A2 871C-- DH8M18-- D4
10 (0.39) Y 500 871C-- DH10M30-- A2 871C-- DH10M30-- D4
30 mm
15 (0.59) N 300 871C-- DH15M30-- A2 871C-- DH15M30-- D4
Intrinsically Safe wiring labels 897H--L1 or 897H--L2 must be applied every 7.6 m (25 ft).

Galvanic Isolators 12-- 5
Intrinsic Safety Wiring Labels 12-- 8
End Caps 2-- 220

Cable Style
+
Brown
To NAMUR
2 m (6.5 ft) Blue Galvanic Isolator
--
B
A
[mm (in.)]

Y —
M8 x 1 8.0 (0.31)
N 5.0 (0.20)
Y —
M12 x 1 12.0 (0.47) 30.0 (1.18)
N 6.0 (0.24)
Y —
M18 x 1 18.0 (0.71)
N 8.0 (0.31)
Y —
M30 x 1.5 30.0 (1.18) 40.0 (1.57)
N 12.0 (0.47)

2-- 125
871C 2-Wire NAMUR

Micro QD Style
A Normally Open
PNP (Sourcing)
D
2 1 +
3 4 To NAMUR
C Galvanic Isolator
B --
M12 X 1
[mm (in.)]

Y 28.0 (1.10) —
M8 x 1 8.0 (0.31)
N 23.0 (0.91) 5.0 (0.20)
Y 30.0 (1.18) —
M12 x 1 12.0 (0.47) 50.0 (1.97)
N 24.0 (0.94) 6.0 (0.24)
Y 30.0 (1.18) —
M18 x 1 18.0 (0.71)
N 22.0 (0.87) 8.0 (0.31)
Y 40.0 (1.57) —
M30 x 1.5 30.0 (1.18) 60.0 (2.36)
N 28.0 (1.10) 12.0 (0.47)

871C Analog Output, 3-Wire DC
Plastic Face/Nickel-Plated Brass Barrel
Specifications
12 mm 18 mm 30 mm
Analog Output 0…10V Sourcing
Load Current 5 mA
Repeatability ≤1%
Ripple 10%
871C Cable Style Slew Rate 1.0V/ms 0.7V/ms 0.1V/ms
12, 18, 30 mm
∆ Output / ∆ Distance 0.25 mm/V 0.375 mm/V 0.875 mm/V
Linearity Tolerance 6.25%
Description Temperature Tolerance ±0.3V
Bulletin 871C inductive proximity Transient Noise Protection Incorporated
devices designed to sense the
presence of metal objects without Short Circuit Protection Incorporated
touching them. This special version Overload Protection Incorporated
provides a 0…10V sourcing analog Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 12, 13; IP67 (IEC529), Nickel-plated brass barrel, plastic
output proportional to the sensing face (PBT)
distance. Certifications CE Marked for all applicable directives
This device is enclosed by a plastic Connections Cable: 2 m (6.5 ft) length
face and a nickel-plated brass housing 3 conductor PVC
which meets NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 12, 13 LED None
and IP67 (IEC529) enclosure Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 25…+70_ (-- 13…+158_)
standards. The electronic circuitry is
Shock 30 g, 11 ms
potted for protection against shock,
vibration and contamination. Vibration 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude, 3 planes
This sensor is available in 12, 18 and

Correction Factors
30 mm diameters with a 2 m (6.5 ft.)
PVC cable connection. Target Material Correction Factor
Steel 1.0
Features Stainless Steel 0.7…0.8
S 3-wire operation Brass 0.4…0.5
S 18…30V DC Aluminum 0.3…0.4
S Short circuit, overload, reverse Copper 0.2…0.3
polarity, and transient noise
protection
S 0…10V sourcing analog output
directives

2-- 127
871C Analog Output, 3-Wire DC
Plastic Face/Nickel-Plated Brass Barrel
Product Selection
Linear Sensing Distance Output Switching
Barrel Diameter [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] Cat. No.
12 mm 0.5…2.5 (0.02…0.10) Y Analog Voltage Sourcing 100 871C-- D3AP12-- E2
18 mm 1…4 (0.04…0.16) Y Analog Voltage Sourcing 100 871C-- D4AP18-- E2
30 mm 7…14 (0.27…0.55) N Analog Voltage Sourcing 30 871C-- D14AP30-- E2

End Caps 2-- 220
2m
(6.5 ft)
B C
A
[mm (in.)]
Thread Size A B C
12 mm 12 (0.47)
18 mm 18 (0.71) 70 (2.75) 80 (3.15)
30 mm 30 (1.18)
Wiring Diagrams
12 mm 18 mm 30 mm
+ Brown + Brown + Brown
Analog Analog Analog
Black Black Black
Load 18…30V DC Load 18…30V DC Load 18…30V DC
I -- Blue I -- Blue I -- Blue
Nominal Output
12 mm 18 mm 30 mm
9V 9V 9V
0.25 mm/V 0.375 mm/V 0.875 mm/V

Output
Output
Output
1V 1V 1V
0.5 mm 2.5 mm 1 mm 4 mm 7 mm 14 mm
Distance to Target Distance to Target Distance to Target

Bulletin 871P VersaCubet
Description VersaCube models feature two LEDs, Styles

one for output and one for power and
Bulletin 871P VersaCube inductive DC 3-Wire General Purpose &
short-circuit indication. Connection
proximity sensors are self-contained, Weld Field Immune . . . . . . page 2--130
options include mini and micro
solid state devices designed to sense
quick-disconnect.
the presence of ferrous and nonferrous DC 4-Wire
metal objects without touching them. Weld Field Immune . . . . . . page 2--133
Features
The special weld field immune models AC/DC 2-Wire General Purpose &
are ideal for welding environments and S 5-position sensing head Weld Field Immune . . . . . . page 2--134
other applications where magnetic S Rugged burn and weld-slag resistant
fields are present. General Purpose housing on weld-field immune
871P VersaCube models are available Accessories
models
for more standard applications where Cordsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8--1
long sensing distance and compact size S Mini and micro quick-disconnect
are required. styles Mounting Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--216
The unique VersaCube package is S Weld field immunity (some models)
Limit Switch Style
ideal for applications in which space is S Short circuit protection Mounting Bracket . . . . . . . . page 2--217
limited. Their overall size is
approximately half that of limit switch S False pulse protection PTFE Covers . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--218
style models. The two mounting holes S Overload protection
on the VersaCube base align with
standard limit switch style mounting S Transient noise protection General Information
holes allowing easy and convenient S Reverse polarity protection (DC Metric/English
retrofit capability. models) Conversion Chart . . . . . . . . . page 14--6
S ToughCoat Finisht resists

weld-splatter accumulation
871P VersaCube is now being offered with

ToughCoat Finisht on the sensor face. This
is a proprietary epoxy-based material which
resists the adhesion and accumulation of
weld-slag particles thereby improving and ex-
tending sensor performance.

2-- 129
871P VersaCubet 3-Wire DC
General Purpose, Weld Field Immune & ToughCoat Finisht
Specifications
General Purpose Weld Field Immune
Leakage Current ≤10 μA ≤10 μA
Operating Voltage 10…60V DC 10…60V DC
Voltage Drop <2.5V @ 200 mA <2.5V @ 200 mA
Repeatability ≤5% ≤10% of effective operating distance
871P DC
Micro Quick-Disconnect Style Hysteresis 5% typical 12% typical
False Pulse Protection Incorporated Incorporated
Transient Noise Protection Incorporated Incorporated
Short Circuit Protection Incorporated Incorporated
Overload Protection Incorporated Incorporated
Reverse Polarity Protection Incorporated Incorporated
Weld Field Immunity N/A 1000 Gauss
Connections Quick-Disconnect: 4-pin mini style Quick-Disconnect: 4-pin mini style
871P DC Mini
4-pin micro style 4-pin micro style
Certifications UL Listed, cUL Certified and CE Marked for all applicable directives
Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 6P, 12, 13; IP67 (IEC 529), 1200 psi (8270 kPa)
Features washdown; Plastic body, zinc base; micro connector versions also meet
S New rugged housing IP69K (IEC 529)
LED Orange: Output Energized
S Weld field immune models Green: Power
S ToughCoat Finish resists Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 25…+70_ (-- 13…+158_)
weld-splatter accumulation
Shock 30 g, 11 ms
S Convenient mounting base Vibration 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude, 3 planes
S 3-wire operation
S 4-pin connection Correction Factors
S 10…60V DC Target Material Correction Factor
S Normally open or normally closed Steel 1.0
output
S Short circuit, overload, false pulse, Brass 0.4…0.5
transient noise, and reverse polarity
protection Aluminum 0.3…0.4
Copper 0.2…0.3
Measured with field perpendicular to face.

871P VersaCube is now being offered with
ToughCoat Finish on the sensor face. This is
a proprietary epoxy-based material which
resists the adhesion and accumulation of
weld-slag particles thereby improving and ex-
tending sensor performance.

Product Selection
Cat. No.
Head Weld Field Nominal Sensing Distance Output Switching
Size Immune [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] Mini QD Style Micro QD Style
PNP 871P-- D20NP40-- N4 871P- D20NP40- D4
N.O.
NPN 871P-- D20NN40-- N4 871P-- D20NN40-- D4
20 (0.79) Y
PNP 871P-- D20CP40-- N4 871P-- D20CP40-- D4
N.C.
NPN 871P-- D20CN40-- N4 871P-- D20CN40-- D4
N 100
PNP 871P-- D40NP40-- N4 871P- D40NP40- D4
N.O.
NPN 871P-- D40NN40-- N4 871P-- D40NN40-- D4
40 (1.57) N
PNP 871P-- D40CP40-- N4 871P-- D40CP40-- D4
N.C.
NPN 871P-- D40CN40-- N4 871P-- D40CN40-- D4
PNP 871P-- DW15NP40-- N4 871P-- DW15NP40-- D4
N.O.
NPN 871P-- DW15NN40-- N4 871P-- DW15NN40-- D4
40 mm 15 (0.59)
Y PNP 871P-- DW15CP40-- N4 871P-- DW15CP40-- D4
N.C.
NPN 871P-- DW15CN40-- N4 871P-- DW15CN40-- D4
Y 20 (0.59) N.O. PNP 50 — 871P-- DW20NP40-- D4

PNP 871P-- DW25NP40-- N4 871P-- DW25NP40-- D4
N.O.
NPN 871P-- DW25NN40-- N4 871P-- DW25NN40-- D4
25 (0.79) N
PNP 871P-- DW25CP40-- N4 871P-- DW25CP40-- D4
N.C.
NPN 871P-- DW25CN40-- N4 871P-- DW25CN40-- D4
15 (0.59) PNP — 871P-- DV15NP40-- D4
Y Y
w/ToughCo 20 (0.59) N.O. PNP 50 — 871P-- DV20NP40-- D4
at Finish
25 (0.79) N PNP — 871P-- DV25NP40-- D4
Recommended Standard QD Cordset (--6F = 1.8m (6ft), --2 = 2m (6.5ft)) 889N-- F4AFC-- 6F 889D-- F4AC-- 2
Assured operating distance for general purpose unshielded models is 0…33 mm.
871P VersaCube is now being offered with ToughCoat Finish on the sensor face. This is a proprietary epoxy-based material which resists the adhesion and
accumulation of weld-slag particles thereby improving and extending sensor performance.

Mounting Kit 2-- 216
Limit Switch Style
2-- 217
Mounting Brackets
PTFE Covers 2-- 218
Each mounting kit includes a ground lug, a ground screw, and an optional adaptor for competitive retrofits.

2-- 131

Mini QD Style Micro QD Style
40.0
(1.57) 40.0
(1.57)
68.7 68.8
(2.70) (2.71)
40.0
40.0
(1.57)
7/8--16 UN--2A (1.57)
M12 X 1
46.2
30.0 (1.18) (1.82) 46.2
30.0 (1.18)
2 Places (1.82)
2 Places
28.2
7.3 (0.29) x 5.3 (0.21) (1.11) 28.2
7.3 (0.29) x 5.3 (0.21)
Mounting Slots (1.11)
Mounting Slots 4 Places
4 Places
With retrofit adaptor, distance from face to mounting holes becomes 60.0 (2.36).
With retrofit adaptor, spacing between mounting holes becomes 20.0 (0.79).
Wiring Diagrams
Normally Open or Normally Closed Normally Open or Normally Closed
NPN (Sinking) NPN (Sinking)
--
Load Load
-- +
+
-- 10…60V DC +
-- 10…60V DC +
PNP (Sourcing) PNP (Sourcing)
+
Load
--
-- Load +
-- 10…60V DC + -- 10…60V DC +
ATTENTION
Unit must be mounted to a grounded metal frame or grounded via field wiring lug per NEC
requirements. Recommended grounding lug is available in Allen-Bradley mounting kit
871A--PKIT.

Weld Field Immune/ToughCoat Finisht/Equal Sensing
Specifications
Inrush Current (1 cylce) ≤2A
Voltage Drop <2.5V
Repeatability ≤5%
871P DC WFI Micro Enclosure IP67

Quick-Disconnect Style Connections 4-pin micro quick-disconnect style
LED Green: Output energized; Orange: Target present
Features Operating Temperature [C (F)] Shielded: - 25…+70_ (-- 13…+158_) Unshielded: - 10…+70_ (14…+158_)
S New rugged housing Shock and Vibration 5 g, 30…55 Hz per IEC60947-- 5-- 2
S ToughCoat Finish on body and

face resists weld-splatter
accumulation Correction Factors
S Convenient mounting base Target Material Correction Factor
S Weld field immune Steel 1.0

Stainless Steel 1.0
S Equal sensing capabilities
Brass 1.0
S Shielded or unshielded models
Aluminum 1.0
S 10…30V DC
Copper 1.0
S Complementary normally open and
normally closed outputs
Product Selection
Weld Field Nominal Sensing Distance Output Switching
Head Size Immune [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] Cat. No.
15 (0.59) Y 400 871P-- MW15BP40LD4
40 mm Y N.O. and N.C.
35 (1.37) N 200 871P-- NW35BP40LD4
Recommended Standard QD Cordset (-- 2 = 2 m (6.5 ft)) 889D-- F4WE-- 2

Micro QD Style Complementary Normally Open and Normally Closed
40.0 PNP (Sourcing)
(1.57)
62.0 + N.C.
(2.44) Load
40.0 --
(1.57)
M12 x 1
+ N.O. --
Load
10…30V DC
-- +
30.0 (1.18)
40.0
(1.57)
5.3 (0.21)
Mounting Slots
These special 871P VersaCube are now being offered with ToughCoat Finish on the sensor face and three sides. This is a proprietary epoxy-based materi-
al which resists the adhesion and accumulation of weld-slag particles thereby improving and extending sensor performance.

2-- 133
871P VersaCubet 2-Wire AC/DC
Specifications
General Purpose Weld Field Immune
Inrush Current (1 cycle) ≤2A ≤2A
Leakage Current ≤1.5 mA @ 20V ≤1.5 mA@20V
≤1.7 mA @ 120V ≤1.7 mA@120V
≤2.0 mA @ 250V ≤2.0 mA@250V
871P AC/DC General Purpose
Micro Quick-Disconnect Style Operating Voltage 20…250V AC/DC 20-- 250V AC/DC
Voltage Drop <10V <10V
Features Repeatability ≤10% of effective operating distance ≤10% of effective operating distance
Hysteresis 12% typical 12% typical
S New rugged housing
S Burn and weld-slag resistant body on
weld field immune models Transient Noise Protection Incorporated Incorporated
S Convenient mounting base
S 2-wire operation
Weld-Field Immunity N/A 1000 Gauss
S 3-pin connection Certifications UL Listed, cUL Certified and CE Marked for all applicable directives
S 20…250V AC/DC Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 6P, 12, 13; IP67 (IEC529), 1200 psi (8270 kPa)
S Normally open or normally closed washdown; Plastic body, zinc base; micro connector versions also
meet IP69K (IEC 529)
output
Connections Quick-Disconnect: 3-pin mini style
S Weld-field immune models 3-pin micro style
S Short circuit, overload, false pulse, LED Red: Output Energized
and transient noise protection Green: Power (short circuit if flashing)
S UL Listed, cUL Certified and CE Operating Temperature - 25…+70_ (-- 13…+158_)
Marked for all applicable directives Shock 30 g, 11 ms
Correction Factors
Steel 1.0
Brass 0.4…0.5
Aluminum 0.3…0.4
Copper 0.2…0.3
Measured with field perpendicular to sensing face.

Product Selection
Cat. No.
Head Weld Field Nominal Sensing Distance Output Switching
Size Immune [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] Mini QD Style Micro QD Style
N.O. 871P-- B20N40-- N3 871P- B20N40- R3
20 (0.79) Y 30
N.C. 871P-- B20C40-- N3 871P-- B20C40-- R3
N
N.O. 871P-- B40N40-- N3 871P- B40N40- R3
40 (1.57) N 20
N.C. 871P-- B40C40-- N3 871P-- B40C40-- R3
40 mm
N.O. 871P-- BW15N40-- N3 871P-- BW15N40-- R3
15 (0.59) Y 30
N.C. 871P-- BW15C40-- N3 871P-- BW15C40-- R3
Y
N.O. 871P-- BW25N40-- N3 871P-- BW25N40-- R3
25 (0.98) N 20
N.C. 871P-- BW25C40-- N3 871P-- BW25C40-- R3
Recommended Standard QD Cordset (-- 6F = 1.8 m (6 ft), - 2 = 2 m (6.5 ft)) 889N-- F3AFC-- 6F 889R-- F3ECA-- 2
Assured operating distance for general purpose unshielded models is 0…33 mm (0…1.3 in.).

Mounting Kit 2-- 216
Limit Switch Style
2-- 217
Mounting Brackets
PTFE Covers 2-- 218
Each mounting kit includes a ground lug, a ground screw, and an optional adaptor for competitive retrofits.

2-- 135

40.0
(1.57) 40.0
(1.57)
68.7 68.8
(2.70) (2.71)
40.0
40.0
(1.57)
7/8--16 UN--2A 1/2--20 (1.57)
UNF--2A
46.2
30.0 (1.18) (1.82) 46.2
30.0 (1.18)
2 Places (1.82)
2 Places
28.2
7.3 (0.29) x 5.3 (0.21) (1.11) 28.2
7.3 (0.29) x 5.3 (0.21)
Mounting Slots (1.11)
Mounting Slots 4 Places
4 Places
With retrofit adaptor, distance from face to mounting holes becomes 60.0 (2.36).
With retrofit adaptor, spacing between mounting holes becomes 20.0 (0.79).
Wiring Diagrams
Normally Open or Normally Closed Normally Open or Normally Closed
Ground Ground
Load
Load
Note: Load can be switched to pin 3. Note: Load can be switched to pin 2.
ATTENTION
Unit must be mounted to a grounded metal frame or grounded via field wiring lug per NEC
requirements. Recommended grounding lug is available in Allen-Bradley mounting kit
871A--PKIT. This kit is included with all weld field immune models.

Bulletin 871F
Flat Pack and Block Styles

Bulletin 871F inductive flat pack and S Cable, conduit, or quick-disconnect DC 4-Wire Complementary
block style proximity sensors are styles Output Flat Pack . . . . . . . . page 2--138
self-contained, solid state devices. DC Weld Field Immune . . . page 2--141
These devices are designed for most
applications where it is required to S Overload protection AC/DC 2-Wire Flat Pack . . page 2--143
sense the presence of ferrous and AC/DC 2-Wire Flat Pack
S Transient noise protection Weld Field Immune . . . . . . page 2--146
nonferrous metal objects without
touching them. S False pulse protection AC/DC 2-Wire
The body material is either plastic (flat S Reverse polarity protection (DC Weld Field Immune . . . . . . page 2--148
pack) or aluminum (block) and meets models) DC 3-Wire Block . . . . . . . . . page 2--150
NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 6P, 12 and 13, IP67
(IEC529), 1200 psi (8270 kPa) Accessories
washdown enclosure standards (871F directives
only). The electronic circuitry is potted Cordsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8--1
for protection against shock, vibration,
and contamination. General Information
Connection options include a micro and Metric/English
mini quick-disconnect, ToughLinkt and Conversion Chart . . . . . . . . . page 14--6
PVC cable models, and both 1/2--14
NPT and PG13.5 conduit opening with
screw terminals.

2-- 137
871F 4-Wire DC Complementary Output
Flat Pack Style
Specifications
Repeatability ≤2%
871F DC Cable Style Hysteresis ≤5% typical
Certifications UL Listed, cUL Certified and CE Marked for all applicable all directives
Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 6P, 12 and 13, IP67 (IEC529),
1200 psi (8270 kPa) washdown; Housing material: ValoxR; micro
connector versions also meet IP69K (IEC529)
871F DC Mini Connections Cable: 2 m (6.5 ft) length
Quick-Disconnect Style 4-conductor #22 AWG ToughLinkt
Quick Disconnect: 4-pin mini style
4-pin micro style
Conduit Opening: 1/2-- 14 NPT thread, PG13.5 thread
LEDs Green: Power
Orange: Output Energized
Shock 30 g, 11 ms
Correction Factors
871F DC Micro Target Material Correction Factor
Steel 1.0
Features
Brass 0.4…0.5
S 4-wire operation
Aluminum 0.3…0.4
S 4-pin, 4-conductor or 4-terminal Copper 0.2…0.3
connection
S 10…30V DC
polarity, short circuit and overload
protection
S DIN rail mounting option on
quick-disconnect and cable models

Flat Pack Style
Product Selection
Nominal
Sensing Cat. No.
Head [mm Configura- Frequency ToughLinkt Conduit 1/2
Size (in.)] Shielded tion [Hz] Cable Mini QD Style Micro QD Style NPT Conduit PG13.5
50 PNP 871F--P50BP80--H2 871F--P50BP80--N4 871F--P50BP80--D4 871F--P50BP80--T4 871F--P50BP80--Q4
(1.97) Y N.O.
83 NPN 871F--P50BN80--H2 871F--P50BN80--N4 871F--P50BN80--D4 871F--P50BN80--T4 871F--P50BN80--Q4
and 100
(3.27) PNP 871F--N65BP80--H2 871F--N65BP80--N4 871F--N65BP80--D4 871F--N65BP80--T4 871F--N65BP80--Q4
N.C.
65 (2.56) N
NPN 871F--N65BN80--H2 871F--N65BN80--N4 871F--N65BN80--D4 871F--N65BN80--T4 871F--N65BN80--Q4
Recommended Standard QD Cordset (--6F = 1.8 m (6 ft), --2 = 2 m (6.5 ft)) 889N--F4AFC--6F 889D--F4AC--2 — —
Must be fully embedded in mild steel to achieve maximum sensing distance.
871F
FlatPack

Cable Style
PNP (Sourcing)
+
65.0 Brown
(2.56) 83.0 + N.O. --
65.0 (3.27) Black
(2.56) Load
LEDs Load 10…30V DC
White
+ N.C. --
40.0 (1.57) Blue

--
30.0 NPN (Sinking)

94.0 (3.70) +
(1.18) Brown
6.0
129.0 + N.O. --
(0.24) 10…30V DC
(5.08) Black
Load
Blue
Load --
White
+ N.C. --
Mini QD Style
Complementary Normally Open and Normally Closed Outputs
PNP (Sourcing)
65.0 -- N.C. +
(2.56) 83.0 Load
65.0 (3.27) -- N.O. +
(2.56)
LEDs Load
10…30V DC
40.0 (1.57) -- +
NPN (Sinking)
-- N.O. +
94.0 (3.70) Load
16.0
(0.63) 6.0 116.0 -- N.C. +
(4.57) Load
(0.24)
10…30V DC
-- +

2-- 139
Flat Pack Style

Micro QD Style Complementary Normally Open and Normally Closed
PNP (Sourcing)
-- +
Load
65.0 N.C.
(2.56) 83.0
65.0 (3.27)
(2.56)
LEDs -- N.O. +
Load
10…30V DC
-- +
40.0 (1.57) NPN (Sinking)
-- N.C. +
94.0 (3.70) Load
6.0 (0.24) 113.0
(4.45) -- +
13.0 (0.51)
Load
N.O.
10…30V DC
-- +
Conduit Style 1/2in NPT Complementary Normally Open and Normally Closed Outputs
PNP (Sourcing)
65.0 83.0
65.0 +
(2.56) (3.27) + N.O. --
(2.56) T1 T4
Load
Load 10…30V DC
LEDs T5
T2 + N.C. --
44.0 (1.73) --
NPN (Sinking)
T1 +
-- N.O. +
94.0 (3.70) T2 T4
Conduit Opening Load
1/2in--14NPT Load 10…30V DC
Internal Thread T5
6.0 -- N.C. +
(0.24)
--
Conduit Style PG13.5 Complementary Normally Open and Normally Closed Outputs
PNP (Sourcing)
83.0 +
65.0 (3.27) + N.O. --
65.0 T1 T4
(2.56)
(2.56) Load
Load 10…30V DC
T5
T2 + N.C. --
LEDs
--
44.0 (1.73) NPN (Sinking)
T1 +
-- N.O. +
T2 T4 Load
94.0 (3.70)
Conduit Opening Load 10…30V DC
PG13.5 T5
-- N.C. +
Internal Thread 6.0
(0.24) --


871F DC Weld Field Immune
Flat Pack Style
Specifications
Repeatability ≤5%
871F DC Mini False Pulse Protection Incorporated
Quick-Disconnect Style Transient Noise Protection Incorporated
Weld Field Immunity 1600 Gauss
Connections Quick Disconnect: 4-pin mini style
4-pin micro style
871F DC Micro
Quick-Disconnect Style LEDs Green: Power
Features
Shock 5g
S 4-wire operation
S 4-pin, 4-conductor or 4-terminal
connection
Correction Factors
S 10…30V DC
Steel 1.0
Brass 0.4…0.5
protection Aluminum 0.3…0.4
S UL Listed, cUL Certified and CE Copper 0.2…0.3

quick-disconnect
S Weld field immune

2-- 141
871F DC Weld Field Immune
Flat Pack Style
Product Selection
Cat. No.
Nominal Sensing Distance Output Switching
Head Size [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] Mini QD Style Micro QD Style
PNP 871F-- PW40BP80-- N4 871F-- PW40BP80-- D4
40 (1.57) K Y N.O.
83 NPN 871F-- PW40BN80-- N4 871F-- PW40BN80-- D4
and 15
(3.27) PNP 871F-- NW50BP80-- N4 871F-- NW50BP80-- D4
N.C.
50 (1.97) N
NPN 871F-- NW50BN80-- N4 871F-- NW50BN80-- D4
Recommended Standard QD Cordset (-- 6F = 1.8 m (6 ft), - 2 = 2 m (6.5 ft)) 889N-- F4AFC-- 6F 889D-- F4WE-- 2
Must be fully embedded in mild steel to achieve maximum sensing distance.
871F
FlatPack

Mini QD Style Complementary Normally Open and
Normally Closed Outputs
65.0
PNP (Sourcing)
(2.56) 83.0 -- N.C. +
65.0 (3.27) Load
(2.56) -- N.O. +
LEDs
Load
40.0 (1.57) 10…30V DC

-- +
NPN (Sinking)
-- N.O. +
94.0 (3.70)
16.0 Load
(0.63) 6.0 116.0
(4.57) -- N.C. +
(0.24) Load
10…30V DC
-- +
Micro QD Style Complementary Normally Open and

Normally Closed
PNP (Sourcing)
-- +
65.0 Load
(2.56) 83.0 N.C.
65.0 (3.27)
(2.56)
LEDs
-- N.O. +
Load
10…30V DC
40.0 (1.57) -- +
NPN (Sinking)
94.0 (3.70) -- N.C. +
6.0 (0.24) Load
113.0
(4.45)
13.0 (0.51)
-- +
Load
N.O.
10…30V DC
-- +

871F 2-Wire AC/DC
Flat Pack Style
Specifications
Leakage Current ≤1.7 mA @ 120V; ≤2.0 mA @ 250V
Voltage Drop ≤10V
Repeatability ≤5%
871F AC/DC Cable Style
3-pin micro style
871F AC/DC Mini Cable: 2 m (6.5 ft)
Quick-Disconnect Style 2 conductor #22 AWG ToughLinkt
Conduit Opening: 1/2-- 14NPT thread, PG 13.5 thread
LEDs Green: Power
Shock 30 g, 11 ms
Correction Factors
871F AC/DC Micro
Quick-Disconnect Style Steel 1.0
Features Brass 0.4…0.5
S 2-wire operation
Aluminum 0.3…0.4
S 2 conductor, 2 terminal, or 3-pin
Copper 0.2…0.3
connection
S 20…250V AC/DC
S False pulse, transient noise, short
circuit and overload protection
quick-disconnect and cable models

2-- 143
871F 2-Wire AC/DC
Flat Pack Style
Selection Guide
Nominal Cat. No.
Sensing Output Switching
Head Distance Configura- Frequency ToughLinkt
Size [mm (in.)] Shielded tion [Hz] Cable Mini QD Style Micro QD Style Conduit 1/2 NPT Conduit PG13.5
83 50 (1.97) Y 871F-- R50N80-- C2 871F-- R50N80-- N3 871F-- R50N80-- R3 871F-- R50N80-- T2 871F-- R50N80-- Q2
(3.27) N.O. 10
65 (2.56) N 871F-- K65N80-- C2 871F-- K65N80-- N3 871F-- K65N80-- R3 871F-- K65N80-- T2 871F-- K65N80-- Q2
Recommended Standard QD Cordset (-- 6F = 1.8 m (6 ft), - 2 = 2 m (6.5 ft)) 889N-- F3AFC-- 6F 889R-- F3ECA-- 2 — —
50 mm when fully embedded in mild steel as shown
871F
FlatPack

Cable Style
65.0 Normally Open
(2.56) 83.0
65.0 (3.27) Brown
(2.56)
LEDs Blue
Load
40.0 (1.57) Note: Load can be switched to brown wire.
30.0 94.0 (3.70)

(1.18)
6.0
129.0
(0.24)
(5.08)
Mini QD Style
65.0
(2.56)
Normally Open
83.0
65.0 (3.27) Ground
(2.56)
LEDs
40.0 (1.57)
Load
94.0 (3.70) Note: Load can be switched to pin 3.

16.0
(0.63) 6.0 116.0
(4.57)
(0.24)
Micro QD Style
65.0
(2.56) 83.0
65.0 (3.27) Normally Open
(2.56)
LEDs
Load
40.0 (1.57)

94.0 (3.70)
6.0 (0.24) 113.0
(4.45)
13.0 (0.51)

871F 2-Wire AC/DC
Flat Pack Style

Conduit Style 1/2 in. NPT
65.0 83.0
(2.56) 65.0 (3.27)
(2.56)
Normally Open
LEDs
T2 T3
44.0 (1.73) Load
Note: Load can be switched to terminal 2.

94.0 (3.70)
Conduit Opening
1/2I--14NPT
Internal Thread 6.0
(0.24)
Conduit Style PG13.5
83.0
65.0 (3.27)
65.0
(2.56)
(2.56) Normally Open
LEDs
T2 T3
Load
44.0 (1.73)
Note: Load can be switched to terminal 2.

94.0 (3.70)
Conduit Opening
PG13.5
Internal Thread 6.0
(0.24)


2-- 145
871F 2-Wire AC/DC Weld Field Immune
Flat Pack Style
Specifications
Leakage Current ≤1.7 mA @ 120V; ≤2.0 mA @ 250V
Voltage Drop ≤10V
Repeatability ≤5%
871F AC/DC WFI Micro False Pulse Protection Incorporated

Quick-Disconnect Style Transient Noise Protection Incorporated
Features Overload Protection Incorporated
S Weld Field Immune Certifications UL Listed, cUL Certified and CE Marked for all applicable all directives
S 2-wire operation Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 6P, 12 and 13, IP67 (IEC529),

S 20…250V AC/DC connector versions also meet IP69K (IEC529)
S False pulse, transient noise, short Connections Quick Disconnect: 3-pin micro style
circuit and overload protection LEDs Green: Power
Red: Output Energized
Marked for all applicable directives Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 25…+70° (-- 13…+158°)
Shock 30 g, 11 ms
S DIN rail mountable option on
quick-disconnect and cable models Vibration 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude, 3 planes
Correction Factors QD Cordsets

Correction Factor Description Page Number
Target
Material Shielded Unshielded Other Cordsets Available 8-- 2
Steel 1.0 1.0
Stainless Steel 0.7…0.8 0.7…0.8
Brass 0.5…0.6 0.4…0.5
Aluminum 0.4…0.5 0.4…0.5
Copper 0.4…0.5 0.4…0.5

Flat Pack Style
Product Selection
Nominal Sensing Distance Output Switching Cat. No.
Head Size [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] Micro QD Style
40 (1.57) Y N.O. 10 871F-- JW40N80-- R3
83 (3.27)
50 (1.97) N N.O. 10 871F-- KW50N80-- R3
Recommended Standard QD Cordset (-- 2 = 2 m (6.5 ft)) 889R-- F3WEA-- 2
40 mm when fully embedded in mild steel as shown
871F
FlatPack

Micro QD Style
65.0
(2.56) 83.0
65.0 (3.27) Normally Open
(2.56)
LEDs
Load
40.0 (1.57)
94.0 (3.70) Note: Load can be switched to pin 2.
6.0 (0.24) 113.0

(4.45)
13.0 (0.51)

2-- 147
Specifications
Voltage Drop ≤5V
871F AC/DC Mini and Micro Short Circuit Protection Incorporated
Description
Weld Field Immunity 20,000A at 1 inch
Bulletin 871F inductive proximity Certifications CE Marked for all applicable directives
devices designed to sense the Enclosure NEMA 4 and 13, IP67 (IEC529)
Aluminum body, PTFE sensing area
presence of ferrous and nonferrous
metal objects without touching them. Connections Quick-Disconnect: 3-pin mini style
These special weld-field immune 3-pin micro style
models are ideal for welding LEDs Green: Power
environments and other applications Orange: Output Energized
where large magnetic fields are present. Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 25…+70° (-- 13…+158°)
They are rated for reliable operation at
Shock 30 g, 11 ms
a 1in distance from a current in line
carrying 20,000A. Vibration 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude, 3 planes
Each sensor is housed by an aluminum

body which meets NEMA 4, 13, and Correction Factors
IP67 (IEC529) enclosure standards. It is Target Material Correction Factor
equipped with a green LED to indicate Steel 1.0
power and an orange LED which lights
when the output is energized. Stainless Steel 0.7…0.8
Brass 0.4…0.5
S 3-pin connection
S 20…250V AC/DC
S Weld field immune
S Short circuit, false pulse and
transient noise protection
directives
This distance varies with current line amperage.

See page 2--9 of the Introduction section to
determine the minimum distance for your
application.

Product Selection
Cat. No.
Head Nominal Sensing Distance Output Switching
Size [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] Mini QD Style Micro QD Style
50 20 (0.79) Y N.O. 15 871F-- BW20N50-- N3 871F-- BW20N50-- R3
Recommended Standard QD Cordset (-- 2 = 2 m (6.5 ft), - 6F = 1.8 m (6 ft)) 889N-- F3AFC-- 6F 889R-- F3WEA-- 2


Mini QD Style
Normally Open
Sensing Ground
Area
7/8-16UN-2A
5.3
(0.21)
40.0 Load
40.0 (1.57)
40.0 (1.57) (1.57) Note: Load can be switched to
pin 3.
50.0
50.0 (1.97) LEDs
(1.97) 61.0
(2.40)
Micro QD Style
Normally Open
Sensing
Area
1/2-20UNF-2A Load
5.3
(0.21)
Note: Load can be switched to
40.0 pin 2.
40.0 (1.57)
40.0 (1.57) (1.57)
50.0
50.0 (1.97) LEDs
(1.97) 61.0
(2.40)

2-- 149
871F 3-Wire DC
Block Style
Specifications
871F DC Cable Style
Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 12, 13, IP67 (IEC529)
Aluminum Body
3-conductor PVC
871F DC Micro Quick-Disconnect: 4-pin micro style
Features
Shock 30 g, 11 ms
S 3-wire operation
S 10…30V DC Correction Factors
S Normally open output Target Material Correction Factor
S False pulse, transient noise, reverse Steel 1.0
polarity, short circuit and overload Stainless Steel 0.7…0.8
S CE Marked for all applicable Aluminum 0.3…0.4
directives Copper 0.2…0.3

871F 3-Wire DC
Block Style
Product Selection
Cat. No.
Nominal Sensing Distance Output Switching
Head Size [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] Cable Style Micro QD Style
NPN 871F-- D70NN50-- E2 871F-- D70NN50-- D4
50 70 (2.76) N N.O. 300
PNP 871F-- D70NP50-- E2 871F-- D70NP50-- D4
Recommended Standard QD Cordset (-- 2 = 2 m (6.5 ft)) 889D-- F4AC-- 2

100.0 M12 x 1
Sensing 100.0 (3.94)
Sensing
Area (3.94) 2m Area
(6.5 ft)
LED LED
6.5 6.5
(0.26) (0.26)
40.0 40.0
(1.57) (1.57)
115.0 115.0
(4.53) (4.53)
35.0 35.0
(1.38) Sensing Distance (1.38) Sensing Distance
50.0 50.0
Adjustment Potentiometer (1.97) Adjustment Potentiometer
(1.97)
Wiring Diagrams
Cable Style Micro QD Style
Normally Open Normally Open
NPN (Sinking) NPN (Sinking)
+ --
10…30V DC
Brown -- +
Load
+ -- Blue
Load
Black 10…30V DC
-- +
PNP (Sourcing) PNP (Sourcing)

+ --
10…30V DC
Brown + --
Load
Black -- +
Load
Blue -- 10…30V DC +

2-- 151
Notes

Bulletin 871L & 872L
Limit Switch Style

Bulletin 871L and 872L inductive S 17 sensing head positions (1 top, DC 3-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--154
proximity sensors are self-contained, 16 sides) AC 2-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--156
general purpose, solid state devices
S Conduit or quick-disconnect styles AC/DC 2-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--156
designed to sense the presence of
metal objects (ferrous and nonferrous) S Short circuit protection (DC only)
without touching them. Accessories
S Overload protection
These devices provide mounting Cordsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8--1
interchangeability, easily-wired
terminations and rugged construction. S False pulse protection
The adjustable head can be positioned General Information
S Reverse polarity protection
for top or side sensing. In side-sensing Metric/English
applications, the head can be rotated in S Selectable normally open or normally Conversion Chart . . . . . . . . . page 14--6
22.5_ increments and locked in any of closed output
16 positions.
These sensors are available with a directives
1/2--14NPT conduit opening, mini
quick-disconnect, or micro quick-
disconnect.

2-- 153
871L & 872L 3-Wire DC
Limit Switch Style
Specifications
871L Models 872L Models
Leakage Current ≤10 μΑ ≤10 μΑ
Operating Voltage 10…60V DC 10…30V DC
Voltage Drop ≤2.4V ≤2.5V
Repeatability ≤5% ≤5%
871L & 872L DC
Hysteresis ≤20% typical ≤20% typical
Reverse Polarity Protection Incorporated Incorporated
Certifications cULus and CE Marked for all applicable directives
Enclosure NEMA 3, 4, 6, 12, 13, IP67 (IEC 529)
Polyloy
871L & 872L DC Connections Quick-Disconnect: 4-pin mini style
Micro Quick-Disconnect Style 4-pin micro style
Conduit Opening: 1/2-14 NPT internal thread with screw terminals
LEDs Green: Power (Blinks in SCP/Overload) Green: Power (Blinks in
Orange: Output Energized SCP/Overload)
Red: Alignment Indicator Orange: Output Energized
Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 25…70° (-- 13…+158°)
Shock 30 g, 11 ms
Correction Factors
871L & 872L DC
Conduit Style Target Material Correction Factor
Steel 1.0
Features Stainless Steel 0.7…0.8
S 3-wire operation Brass 0.4…0.5
S 3-terminal or 4-pin connection Aluminum 0.3…0.4
S 10…60V DC for 871L models Copper 0.2…0.3
S 10…30V DC for 872L models

S Switch selectable normally open or
normally closed output on 871L
models
outputs programmable via jumper on
872L models
S Alignment LED on 871L models
protection
S cULus and CE Marked for all

871L & 872L 3-Wire DC
Limit Switch Style
Product Selection
Head Nominal Sensing Distance Output Switching Cat. No.

Size [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] Conduit Style Mini QD Style Micro QD Style
NPN 871L-- D20EN40-- T3 871L-- D20EN40-- N4 871L-- D20EN40-- D4
20 (0.79) Y 150
Selectable PNP 871L-- D20EP40-- T3 871L-- D20EP40-- N4 871L-- D20EP40-- D4
N.O. or N.C. NPN 871L-- D40EN40-- T3 871L-- D40EN40-- N4 871L-- D40EN40-- D4
40 (1.57) N 70
PNP 871L-- D40EP40-- T3 871L-- D40EP40-- N4 871L-- D40EP40-- D4
40
NPN 872L-- D20EN40-- T3 872L-- D20EN40-- N4 872L-- D20EN40-- D4
20 (0.79) Y Program- 100
mable
N.O. or N.C. NPN 872L-- D40EN40-- T3 872L-- D40EN40-- N4 872L-- D40EN40-- D4
40 (1.57) N 50
Recommended Standard QD Cordset (-- 6F = 1.8 m (6 ft), - 2 = 2 m (6.5 ft)) 889N-- F4AFC-- 6F 889D-- F4AC-- 2


Conduit Style Mini QD Style Micro QD Style
120.0 40.0 40.0 40.0
120.0 120.0
(4.72) (1.57) (1.57) (1.57)
(4.72) (4.72)
LEDs 40.0 LEDs 40.0 LEDs 40.0
(1.57) (1.57) (1.57)
Conduit 17.0
Entrance (0.67)
1/2--14 NPT
7/8-16UN-2A M12 X 1
7.3 7.3 7.3
(0.29) 60.0
30.0 (0.29) 60.0 (0.29) 60.0
(2.36) 30.0 30.0
(1.18) (2.36) (2.36)
15.9 (1.18) (1.18)
(0.63)
Note: Head can be rotated in 22.5° increments to provide 16 side-sensing positions or rotated for top-sensing.
Wiring Diagram
Normally Open Normally Open or Normally Closed Normally Open or Normally Closed
NPN (Sinking) PNP (Sourcing) NPN (Sinking) NPN (Sinking)
+ -- + --
10…60V DC 10…60V DC
T1 --
T1 + --
+ -- T3 Load Load
Load T2 Load
T2 + -- +
T3
Normally Closed
-- 10…60V DC + -- 10…60V DC +
+ -- + -- PNP (Sourcing)
10…60V DC 10…60V DC PNP (Sourcing)
T1
T1 + --
+ -- T3 Load +
Load T2 T2
Load
T3
--
-- +
Load
-- 10…60V DC +
-- 10…60V DC +

2-- 155
871L AC/DC & 872L AC 2-Wire
Limit Switch Style
Specifications
871L Models 872L Models
Minimum Load Current 2 mA 2 mA
Leakage Current ≤2 mA ≤2 mA
Operating Voltage 20…250V AC/DC 20-250V AC
871L AC/DC & 872L AC Voltage Drop ≤5V ≤5V
Mini Quick-Disconnect Style Repeatability ≤5% ≤5%
Hysteresis ≤20% ≤20%
Certifications cULus and CE Marked for all applicable directives
Enclosure NEMA 3, 4, 6, 12, 13, IP65 (IEC 529)
Polyloy
3-pin micro style
871L AC/DC & 872L AC Conduit Opening: 1/2-14 NPT internal thread with screw terminals
Micro Quick-Disconnect Style LEDs Green: Power (Blinks in SCP/Overload)
Shock 30 g, 11 ms
Correction Factors
Steel 1.0
871L AC/DC & 872L AC
Conduit Style Stainless Steel 0.7…0.8
Brass 0.4…0.5
S 2-terminal or 3-pin connection
S 20…250V AC/DC on 871L models
S 20…250V AC on 872L models
S Switch selectable normally open or
normally closed output on 871L
models
output programmable via jumper on
872L models
S False pulse, transient noise, and
overload protection
S cULus and CE Marked for all

871L AC/DC & 872L AC 2-Wire
Limit Switch Style
Product Selection
Head Nominal Sensing Distance Output Switching Cat. No.

Size [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] Conduit Style Mini QD Style Micro QD Style
20 (0.79) Y Selectable 871L-- B20E40-- T2 871L-- B20E40-- N3 871L-- B20E40-- R3
40 (1.57) N N.O. or N.C. 871L-- B40E40-- T2 871L-- B40E40-- N3 871L-- B40E40-- R3
40 15
20 (0.79) Y Programmable 872L-- A20E40-- T2 872L-- A20E40-- N3 872L-- A20E40-- R3
40 (1.57) N N.O. or N.C. 872L-- A40E40-- T2 872L-- A40E40-- N3 872L-- A40E40-- R3
Recommended Standard QD Cordset (-- 6F = 1.8 m (6 ft), - 2 = 2 m (6.5 ft)) 889N-- F3AFC-- 6F 889R-- F3ECA-- 2


120.0 40.0 40.0 40.0
120.0 120.0
(4.72) (1.57) (1.57) (1.57)
(4.72) (4.72)
LEDs 40.0 LEDs 40.0 LEDs 40.0
(1.57) (1.57) (1.57)
Conduit 17.0
Entrance (0.67)
1/2--14 NPT
1/2-20
7.3 7/8-16UN-2A UNF-2A
60.0 7.3 7.3
30.0 (0.29) (0.29) 60.0 (0.29) 60.0
(2.36) 30.0 30.0
(1.18) (2.36) (2.36)
15.9 (1.18) (1.18)
(0.63)
Note: Head can be rotated in 22.5° increments to provide 16 side-sensing positions or rotated for top-sensing.
Wiring Diagram
Normally Open Normally Open or Normally Closed Normally Open or Normally Closed
T1 T2
Load Load
Load
Normally Closed
Note: Load can be switched to pin 3. Note: Load can be switched to pin 2.
T1 T2
Load
Note: Load can be switched to Terminal 1.

2-- 157
Notes

Bulletin 802PR
Limit Switch Style

Bulletin 802PR inductive proximity S Multiple sensing directions AC/DC 2-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--160
sensors are self-contained, 2-wire
S Cable, conduit, or quick-disconnect
devices designed to detect the AC/DC 2-Wire
styles
presence of ferrous and nonferrous Hazardous Location . . . . . page 2--165
metal objects without touching them. S Short circuit protection (AC/DC
Types LA and XA are high-output AC models) AC 2-Wire High-Output . . . page 2--167
models designed to switch current
S Overload protection (AC/DC models) AC 2-Wire Hazardous Location
loads up to 1 A, while types LB and XB High-Output . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--171
are AC/DC solid-state switches made to S Transient noise protection
interface directly with programmable
S False pulse protection Accessories
controllers.
S Hazardous location models are Cordsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8--1
available
ATTENTION High-output S UL Listed, CSA Certified and CE General Information
models should not
be used in Marked for all applicable directives
Metric/English
solid-state Conversion Chart . . . . . . . . . page 14--6
switching, TTL, or
programmable
controller
operations.
Each sensor is housed in a

self-extinguishing glass-reinforced
polyester body. Special hazardous
location models are available which
meet Division 2 enclosure standards in
Classes I, II, and III (see specifications).
Switch constructions include top and
side sensing models. The side-sensing
head can be rotated in 90° increments
to sense in four directions. These
devices are available with a threaded
conduit opening, conduit coupler, 3-pin
mini connector, 3-pin micro connector,
or pre-wired cable.

2-- 159
802PR 2-Wire AC/DC
Limit Switch Style
Specifications
Load Current AC 4…25 mA; DC 2…25 mA
Leakage Current ≤1.7 mA at 132V, ≤2.5 mA at 250V
Voltage Drop ≤10V
Repeatability ≤10% typical
802PR AC/DC Transient Noise Protection Incorporated
Cable Style Short Circuit Protection Incorporated
Radio Frequency Protection 10V per meter; frequency range 20…1000 MHz
Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 12, 13, IP65 (IEC529)
Self extinguishing glass-reinforced polyester body
Connections Cable: 2.4 m (8 ft) length
2-conductor ToughLink™
802PR AC/DC Mini Quick-Disconnect: 3-pin micro style
Quick-Disconnect Style 3-pin mini style
Conduit Opening or
Conduit Coupler: Internal thread with screw terminals
(use #18-- 14 AWG wire)
LEDs Green: Power; Red: Output energized (both on in SCP/Overload)
Shock 30 g, 11 ms
Corrosion resistant models
802PR AC/DC Micro

Quick-Disconnect Style Correction Factors
S 2-wire operation Steel 1.0
S 2-conductor or 3-pin connection Stainless Steel 0.9
S 20…250V AC/DC (for solid state Brass 0.8
inputs) Aluminum 0.75
S Normally open output Copper 0.7
802PR AC/DC
RFI and transient noise protection
Conduit Style S Corrosion resistant models
S 2 LEDs

802PR 2--Wire AC/DC, Cable Style
Limit Switch Style
Product Selection
Sensing Nominal Sensing Distance Output Switching Cable Length Corrosion Cat. No.
Direction [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] [m (ft)] Resistant Cable Style
Y 802PR-- XBAM1-- 08
2.5 (8)
N 802PR-- LBAM1-- 08
Side 17 (0.67) Y N.O. 20
Y 802PR-- XBAM1-- 12
3.6 (12)
N 802PR-- LBAM1-- 12
Y 802PR-- XBAR1-- 08
2.5 (8)
N 802PR-- LBAR1-- 08
Top 17 (0.67) Y N.O. 20
Y 802PR-- XBAR1-- 12
3.6 (12)
N 802PR-- LBAR1-- 12
Accessories

41.0 41.0
(1.63) (1.63)
26.0
(1.02) Front Mounting Hole
6.0 (0.23) Pattern 60.0
LEDs
Dia. Holes Front View (2.34)
Two Holes for #10 or
42.0 M5 Screws
Front Mounting (1.66)
U.S. (1 5/32 in. x 2 11/32 in.)
DIN 30 x 60 30.0
6.0 (1.16)
(0.23)
Rear Mounting
Hole Pattern
Front View 60.0
109.0 Two #10-32 (2.34)
(4.34) 117.0 Tapped Holes
(4.63) 9.5 (0.38) Deep
2.4 m (8 ft) (LB Version only)

30.0
(1.16)
Note: Side sensing model heads can be turned in 90° increments to accommodate 4 side sensing positions.
Wiring Diagram
Normally Open
White
Black
Load
Note: Load can be switched to white lead.

2-- 161
802PR 2-Wire AC/DC, Mini Quick-Disconnect Style
Limit Switch Style
Product Selection
Sensing Nominal Sensing Distance Output Switching Cat. No.
Direction [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] Mini QD Style
Side 802PR-- LBAE1
17 (0.67) Y N.O. 20
Top 802PR-- LBAK1
Recommended Standard QD Cordset Required (-- 6F = 1.8 m (6 ft)) 889N-- F3AFC-- 6F


41.0 41.0
(1.63) (1.63)
26.0
6.0 (0.23) Pattern 60.0
Dia. Holes LEDs Front View (2.34)
42.0 Two Holes for #10 or
Front Mounting
(1.66) M5 Screws
U.S. (1 5/32in x 2
11/32in.) 30.0
DIN 30 x 60 (1.16)
6.0
(0.23)
Rear Mounting
109.0 Hole Pattern 60.0
(4.34) Front View (2.34)
131.0 Two #10-32
(5.16) Tapped Holes
9.5 (0.38) Deep
7/8-16UN 30.0
(1.16)
Note: Side sensing model heads can be turned in 90_ increments to accommodate 4 side sensing positions.
Wiring Diagram
Normally Open
Load
Note: Load can be switched to Pin 3.

802PR 2-Wire AC/DC, Micro Quick-Disconnect Style
Limit Switch Style
Product Selection
Direction [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] Micro QD Style
Side 802PR-- LBAC1
17 (0.67) Y N.O. 20
Top 802PR-- LBAF1
Recommended Standard QD Cordset Required (-- 2 = 2 m (6.5 ft)) 889R-- F3ECA-- 2


41.0 41.0
(1.63) (1.63)
26.0
6.0 (0.23) Pattern 60.0
Dia. Holes LEDs Front View (2.34)
42.0 Two Holes for #10 or
Front Mounting (1.66) M5 Screws
U.S. (1 5/32 in. x 2 11/32 in.)
DIN 30 x 60 30.0
(1.16)
6.0
(0.23)
Rear Mounting
109.0 Hole Pattern 60.0
(4.34) Front View (2.34)
131.0 Two #10-32
1/2-20UNF-2A (5.16) Tapped Holes
9.5 (0.38) Deep
30.0
(1.16)
Wiring Diagram
Normally Open
2 3 Load

2-- 163
802PR 2-Wire AC/DC, Conduit Style
Limit Switch Style
Product Selection
Sensing Nominal Sensing Distance Output Switching Corrosion Connection Cat. No.
Direction mm (inches) Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] Resistant Type Conduit Style
Y 802PR-- XBAB1
1/2 in.-- 14NPT
N 802PR-- LBAB1
Side 17 (0.67) Y N.O. 20 Y 802PR-- XBAB1-- S6
ISO 20-- 1.5
N 802PR-- LBAB1-- S6
N Conduit Coupler 802PR-- LBAA1
Y 802PR-- XBAH1
1/2 in.-- 14NPT
N 802PR- LBAH1
Top 17 (0.67) Y N.O. 20 Y 802PR-- XBAH1-- S6
ISO 20-- 1.5
N 802PR-- LBAH1-- S6
N Conduit Coupler 802PR-- LBAJ1
41.0
(1.63) 41.0 Front Mounting Hole
26.0 (1.63) Pattern 60.0
(1.02) Front View (2.34)
6.0 (0.23) Two Holes for #10 or
Dia. Holes LEDs
M5 Screws
Front Mounting
U.S. (1 5/32 in. x 2 11/32 in.) 42.0 30.0
DIN 30 x 60 (1.66) (1.16)
6.0
(0.23)
Rear Mounting
1/2-14 NPTX0.5 in. Deep Hole Pattern 60.0
or Front View (2.34)
ISO 20--1.5 X 12.5 mm 109.0 Two #10-32
Deep (4.34) Tapped Holes
Inside Threads 117.0 9.5 (0.38) Deep
(4.63) (LB Version only)
30.0
16.0
(1.16)
(0.63)
Conduit Coupler
1 in. Hub
1/2-14 NPT
Inside Threads 15.0
16.0 (0.59)
(0.63)
Wiring Diagram
Normally Open
Terminal
1
Load
Terminal
2

802PR 2-Wire AC/DC Hazardous Location
Limit Switch Style
Specifications
Load Current AC: 4…25 mA DC: 2…25 mA
Leakage Current ≤1.7 mA at 132V, ≤2.5 mA at 250V
Voltage Drop ≤10V
Repeatability ≤10% typical
802PR AC/DC Short Circuit Protection Incorporated
Conduit Style
Features
Radio Frequency Protection ≤10V per meter
S 2-wire operation Frequency range 20…1000 MHz
S 2-terminal connection Certifications UL Listed, CSA Certified and Factory Mutual Approved
S 20…250V AC/DC (for solid state Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 12, 13 IP65 (IEC529)
Division 2
inputs) Class I: Groups A, B, C & D;
S Normally open output Class II: Groups F & G;
Class III: All groups
S Short circuit, overload, false pulse, Self-extinguishing glass-reinforced polyester body
RFI, and transient noise protection Conduit Coupler: 1/2-- 14 NPT internal thread with screw terminals use
Connection
S Hazardous location rating (#18-- 14 AWG wire)
S 2 LEDs LEDs Green: Power

Red: Output energized (both on in SCP/Overload)
S UL Listed, CSA Certified and Factory Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 25…+75° (-- 13…+167°)
Mutual Approved
Shock 30 g, 11 ms
Correction Factors
Steel 1.0
Stainless Steel 0.9
Brass 0.8
Aluminum 0.75
Copper 0.7

2-- 165
802PR 2-Wire AC/DC Hazardous Location, Conduit Style
Limit Switch Style
Product Selection
Direction [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] Conduit Style
Side 802PR-- LBAA3
17 (0.67) Y N.O. 20
Top 802PR-- LBAJ3
41.0
(1.61) 41.0 Front Mounting Hole
26.0 (1.61) Pattern 60.0
(1.02) Front View (2.36)
6.0 (0.24) Two Holes for #10 or
Dia. Holes LEDs
M5 Screws
Front Mounting 42.0
U.S. (1 5/32 in. x 2 11/32 in.) 30.0
(1.65) (1.18)
DIN 30 x 60
6.0
(0.24)
Rear Mounting
Hole Pattern 60.0
Front View (2.36)
109.0 Two #10-32
(4.29) Tapped Holes
Conduit Coupler 1in 124.0 9.5 (.375) Deep
Hub 1/2-14 NPT (4.88)
Inside Threads 30.0
16.0 (1.18)
(0.63) 15.0
(0.59)
Note: Side-sensing model heads can be turned in 90_ increments to accommodate 4 side-sensing positions.
Wiring Diagram
Terminal
1
Load
Terminal
2

802PR 2-Wire AC High Output
Limit Switch Style
Specifications
Load Current ≤1 A at +40°C linearly derated to 0.5 A at 75°C
Inrush Current ≤10 A/1 s
Leakage Current ≤3.5 mA (60…132V AC); ≤6.5 mA (102…132V AC)
Operating Voltage 60…132V AC or 102…132V AC
802PR AC Voltage Drop ≤8.5V

Cable Style Repeatability ≤0.025 mm
Hysteresis 15% (max.)
Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 12, 13, IP65 (IEC529)
Self-extinguishing glass-reinforced polyester body
Connections Cable: 8 ft or 12 ft length
802PR AC Mini 2-conductor 16 AWG STO (oil-resistant thermoplastic)
Quick-Disconnect Style Quick Disconnect: 3-pin mini style
Conduit Opening
or Conduit Coupler: 1/2-- 14NPT internal thread with screw terminals
(use #18-- 14 AWG wire)
Shock 30 g, 11 ms
802PR AC Corrosion resistant models
Conduit Style
Correction Factors
S 2-wire operation Steel 1.0
S 2-conductor, 3-pin, or 2-terminal Stainless Steel 0.80…0.85

connection Brass 0.50…0.55
S 60…132V AC or 102…132V AC Aluminum 0.45…0.50
S Normally open or N.O./N.C. Copper 0.40…0.45

selectable output
S High output (1 A)
S Transient noise and false pulse
protection

2-- 167
802PR 2-Wire AC High Output, Cable Style
Limit Switch Style
Product Selection
Nominal Switching
Sensing Sensing Distance Voltage Output Corrosion Frequency Cable Length Cat. No.
Direction [mm (in.)] Shielded Range Configuration Resistant [Hz] [ft] Cable Style
8 802PR-- LABM2-08
Side
12 802PR-- LABM2-12
Selectable
8 802PR-- LABR2-08
Top
12 802PR-- LABR2-12
60…132V AC 20
8 802PR-- LACM2-08
Side
12 802PR-- LACM2-12
Selectable N
8 802PR-- LACR2-08
Top
12 802PR-- LACR2-12
13 (0.51) Y
8 802PR-- LAAM1-08
Side
12 802PR-- LAAM1-12
8 802PR-- LAAR1-08
Top
12 802PR-- LAAR1-12
102-- 132V AC N.O. 16
8 802PR-- XAAM1-08
Side
12 802PR-- XAAM1-12
Y
8 802PR-- XAAR1-08
Top
12 802PR-- XAAR1-12
Preset to N.O. at factory.
Preset to N.C. at factory.

41.0 41.0
(1.63) 26.0 (1.63) Front Mounting Hole
(1.02) Pattern
Front View 60.0
6.0 (0.23) LEDs
Two Holes for #10 or (2.34)
Dia. holes M5 Screws
Front Mounting 42.0
U.S. (1 5/32 in. x 2 11/32 in.) (1.66)
DIN 30 x 60 30.0
(1.16)
6.0
(0.23)
Rear Mounting
Hole Pattern
Front View 60.0
109.0 Two #10-32 (2.34)
(4.34) 117.0 Tapped Holes
(4.63) 9.5 (0.38) Deep
2.4 m (8 ft) (LA Version Only)
or 3.7 m (12 ft) 30.0
(1.16)
Note 1: Side sensing model heads can be turned in 90° increments to accommodate 4 side sensing positions.
Note 2: Low voltage models have 2 LEDs.
Wiring Diagrams Accessories

Normally Open Normally Closed Description Page Number
White White
Black Black
Load Load
Note: Load can be switched to white lead.

802PR 2-Wire AC High Output, Mini Quick-Disconnect Style
Limit Switch Style
Product Selection
Shielded
Direction [mm (in.)] Configuration Voltage Range Frequency [Hz] Mini QD Style
Side 802PR-LABE2
Selectable
Top 802PR-LABK2
60…132V AC 20
Side 802PR-LACE2
13 (0.51) Y Selectable
Top 802PR-LACK2
Side 802PR-LAAE1
N.O. 102…132V AC 16
Top 802PR-LAAK1
Recommended Standard QD Cordset Required (-- 6F = 1.8 m (6 ft)) 889N-- F3AFC-- 6F
QD Cordsets and Accessories Wiring Diagram

Description Page Number Normally Open or Normally Closed

Load
Front Mounting Hole

41.0 41.0 Pattern
(1.63) (1.63) Front View 60.0
26.0 (2.34)
(1.02) Two Holes for #10 or
LED M5 Screws
6.0 (0.23)
Dia. Holes
42.0
Front Mounting 30.0
(1.66)
U.S. (1 5/32 in. x 2 11/32 in.) (1.16)
DIN 30 x 60
6.0
(0.23) Rear Mounting
Hole Pattern
Front View 60.0
Two #10-32 (2.34)
Pre-Wired Tapped Holes
Receptacle, 109.0
9.5 (0.38) Deep
3-Pin Mini Style (4.34) 131.0
(LA Version Only)
(5.16) 30.0
(1.16)
7/8-16UN-2A
Note 1: Side sensing model heads can be turned in 90_ increments to accommodate 4 side sensing positions.
Note 2: Low voltage models have 2 LEDs.

2-- 169
802PR 2-Wire AC High Output, Conduit Style
Limit Switch Style
Product Selection
Nominal Sensing
Sensing Distance Output Corrosion Voltage Switching Cat. No.
Direction [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Resistant Range Freq. [Hz] Connection Conduit Style
Conduit Coupler 802PR-LABA2
Side
Threaded 1/2-- 14 NPT 802PR-LABB2
Selectable
Conduit Coupler 802PR-LABJ2
Top
Threaded 1/2-- 14 NPT 802PR-LABH2
60…132V AC 20
Conduit Coupler 802PR-LACA2
Side
Threaded 1/2-- 14 NPT 802PR-LACB2
Selectable N
Conduit Coupler 802PR-LACJ2
Top 13 (0.51) Y
Threaded 1/2-- 14 NPT 802PR-LACH2
Conduit Coupler 802PR-LAAA1
Side
Threaded 1/2-- 14 NPT 802PR-LAAB1
102…132V Conduit Coupler 802PR-LAAJ1
Top N.O. 16
AC Threaded 1/2-- 14 NPT 802PR-LAAH1
Side Threaded 1/2-- 14 NPT 802PR-XAAB1
Y
Top Threaded 1/2-- 14 NPT 802PR-XAAH1
To order ISO 20--1.5 add ‘--S6’ to cat. no.

41.0 41.0
(1.63) (1.63)
26.0
Front Mounting Hole
6.0 (0.23) (1.02)
Pattern
Dia. Holes LED 60.0
Front View
Front Mounting Two Holes for #10 or (2.34)
42.0
U.S. (1 5/32 in. X 2 11/32 in.) M5 Screws
(1.66)
DIN 30 x 60
6.0 (0.23) 30.0
(1.16)
1/2-14 NPT
or ISO 20--1.5 Rear Mounting
Inside Threads 109.0 117.0 Hole Pattern
Threaded (4.34) (4.63) Front View 60.0
Conduit Opening Two #10-32 (2.34)
Tapped Holes
16.0 9.5 (0.38) Deep
(0.63)
(LA Version Only)
30.0
(1.16)
Conduit Coupler 1in HUB

Note 1: Side sensing model heads can be turned 1/2-14 NPT
Inside Threads 15.0
in 90° increments to accommodate
(0.59)
four-sided sensing position. 16.0
(0.63)
Note 2: Low voltage models have two LEDs.
Wiring Diagram
Terminal Terminal
1 1
Load Load
Terminal Terminal
2 2

802PR 2-Wire AC Hazardous Location, High Output
Limit Switch Style
Specifications
Load Current 1 A at +40°C linearly derated to 0.5 A at 75°C
Inrush Current ≤10 A/1 s
Supply Current 25 mA min.
Repeatability ≤.025 mm
802PR AC Hysteresis 15% maximum
Conduit Style False Pulse Protection Incorporated
Features Certifications UL Listed, CSA Certified and FM Approved
S 2-wire operation Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 12, 13 IP65 (IEC529)
Division 2
S 2-terminal connection Class I: Groups A, B, C & D;
S 102…132V AC Class II: Groups F & G;
Class III: All groups
S Hazardous location rating Self-extinguishing glass reinforced polyester body
S High output (1A) Connection Conduit Coupler: 1/2-- 14 NPT internal thread with screw terminals
use (#18-- 14 AWG wire)
S Transient noise and false pulse Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 25…+75° (-- 13…+167°)
protection
Shock 30 g, 11 ms
S UL Listed, CSA Certified and Factory Vibration 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude, 3 planes
Mutual Approved
Correction Factors
Steel 1.0
Brass 0.50…0.55
Aluminum 0.45…0.50
Copper 0.40…0.45

2-- 171
802PR 2-Wire AC Hazardous Location, High Output, Conduit Style
Limit Switch Style
Product Selection
Direction [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] Conduit Style
Side 802PR-- LAAA3
13 (0.51) Y N.O. 16
Top 802PR-- LAAJ3

41.3
(1.63) 41.3
25.8 (1.63)
Front Mounting Hole
(1.02) Pattern 59.5
5.9 (0.23) (2.34)
Dia. Holes LED Front View
Two Holes for #10 or
42.1 M5 Screws
Front Mounting
U.S. (1 5/32 in. x 2 11/32 in.) (1.66)
29.4
DIN 30 x 60 (1.16)
5.9
(0.23)
Rear Mounting
Conduit Coupler Hole Pattern 59.5
1in Hub 110.3 Front View (2.34)
1/2-14 NPT (4.34) Two #10-32
Inside Threads Tapped Holes
9.5 (0.375) Deep
16.0 29.4
(0.63) 15.0 (1.16)
(0.59)
Wiring Diagram
Normally Open
Load
Terminal Terminal
1 2

Bulletin 871FM
Miniature Flat Pack Style

Bulletin 871FM inductive flat pack S Cable or quick-disconnect styles DC 3-wire metal . . . . . . . . . page 2--176
proximity sensors are self-contained,
general purpose, solid-state devices S Short circuit protection (DC models) DC 3-wire plastic . . . . . . . . page 2--176
designed to sense the presence of S Overload protection (DC models) AC 2-wire plastic . . . . . . . . page 2--179
ferrous and nonferrous metal objects
without touching them. S Transient noise protection
S False pulse protection Accessories
These sensors are ideal for applications
in which space is limited. Connection S Reverse polarity protection Cordsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8--1
options include 3-conductor PVC cable (DC models)
or pico quick-disconnect. General Information
directives Metric/English

2-- 173
871FM 3-Wire DC
Miniature Flat Pack Style—Metal Housing
Specifications
871FM DC Cable
M5 Square
871FM DC Cable
M8 Square Enclosure IP 67, Chrome-plated brass housing, plastic sensing face
Connections 8 mm: PVC cable style/3-pin pico on 6 inch lead or pico QD style
Features 5 mm: PUR cable style/3-pin pico on 6 inch lead or pico QD style
LED Orange: Output energized
S 3-conductor, 3-pin pico or 3-pin pico
on 6 inch lead connection Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 25…+70° (32…+158°)
Shock EN 60947-- 5-- 2; 7.4.1
S Convenient flush mounting
Vibration EN 60947-- 5-- 2; 7.4.2
S 10…30V DC
S Normally open Correction Factors
S Reverse polarity, short circuit, and Target Material Correction Factors
overload protection
Steel 1.0
S Side sensing Stainless Steel 0.85
S 2 mounting screws included Brass 0.64
S cULus Listed and CE Marked for all Aluminum 0.55
applicable directives Copper 0.51
Product Selection
Switching Cat. No.
Housing Nominal Sensing Output Frequency
Diameter Distance [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration [Hz] Cable Style Pico Style Leaded Pico Style
0.8 (0.03) NPN 5,000 871FM-- M1NN5-- E2 — 871FM-- M1NN5-- AP3
0.8 (0.03) PNP 5,000 871FM-- M1NP5-- E2 — 871FM-- M1NP5-- AP3
5 mm
1.5 (0.06) NPN 3,000 871FM-- M2NN5-- E2 — 871FM-- M2NN5-- AP3
Y
1.5 (0.06) PNP 3,000 871FM- M2NP5- E2 — 871FM-- M2NP5-- AP3
N.O
2.0 (0.08) NPN 3,000 871FM-- M2NN8-- E2 871FM-- M2NN8-- P3 —
2.0 (0.08) PNP 3,000 871FM- M2NP8- E2 871FM-- M2NP8-- P3 —
8 mm
3.0 (.12) NPN 1,000 871FM-- N3NN8-- E2 871FM-- N3NN8-- P3 —
N
3.0 (.12) PNP 1,000 871FM-- N3NP8-- E2 871FM-- N3NP8-- P3 —
Recommended standard QD cordset (-- 2 = 2 m (6.5 ft)) 889P-- F3AB-- 2 889P-- F3AB-- 2

871FM 3-Wire DC
Miniature Flat Pack Style—Metal Housing

M5 and M8 Square Cable
Normally Open
C NPN (Sinking) PNP (Sourcing)
+ -- + --
D
10…30V DC 10…30V DC
A Brown Brown
+ --
E Load
+ -- Blue Black
B Load
Black
Blue
mm (inches)
Housing Diameter A B C D E
5 mm 5.0 (0.2) 15 (0.59) 22 (0.87) 3 (0.12) 14 (0.55)
8 mm 8.0 (0.31) 37 (1.46) 35 (1.38) 5 (0.2) 20 (0.79)
M5 Square with 6 inch Lead

F Normally Open
-- +
C Load
Load
D +
--
E
B + 10…30V DC -- + 10…30V DC --
A
mm (inches)
Housing Diameter A B C D E F
5 mm 5.0 (0.2) 25 (0.98) 22 (0.87) 3 (0.12) 14 (0.55) 150 (6)
M8 Square 3-Pin Pico

Normally Open
C
-- +
Load
D Load
+
--
E
+ 10…30V DC -- + 10…30V DC --
B
A
mm (inches)
Housing Diameter A B C D E
8 mm 8.0 (0.31) 50 (1.97) 45 (1.77) 5 (0.2) 20 (0.79)

2-- 175
871FM 3-Wire DC
Miniature Flat Pack Style—Plastic Housing
Specifications
28 x 16 x 11 mm 40 x 26 x 12 mm 25 x 50 x 10 mm 31 x 18 x 10 mm
Supply Current <11 mA <11 mA <8 mA 10 mA
Load Current ≤200 mA ≤200 mA ≤200 mA 50 mA @ 12V DC
100 mA @ 24V DC
Leakage Current <100 μA <100 μA <100 μA ≤100 μA
871FM DC Cable Style
Operating Voltage 10…30V DC 10…30V DC 10…24V DC 10…30V DC
28 x 16 x 11 mm 871FM DC Pico
Quick-Disconnect Style Voltage Drop ≤1.8V ≤1.8V ≤2.5V ≤1V
28 x 16 x 11 mm Repeatability ≤5%
871FM DC Cable Style Enclosure NEMA 4, IP67 (IEC 529)
40 x 26 x 12 mm Plastic
3-conductor PVC
Quick-Disconnect: 3-pin pico style
LED Yellow: Output Energized Red: Output Energized
871FM DC Pico
40 x 26 x 12 mm Shock 30 g, 11 ms 50 g (Approx)
Vibration 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude, 3 planes 10…55Hz @ 1…5 mm
Features Correction Factors

S 3-wire operation Target Material Correction Factor
S 3-conductor or 3-pin connection Steel 1.0
871FM DC Cable Style Stainless Steel 0.85
S 10…30V DC
25 x 50 x 10 mm Brass 0.55
output Aluminum 0.50
Copper 0.45
polarity, short-circuit and overload
protection
871FM DC Pico directives
30 x 18 x 10 mm

871FM 3-Wire DC
Product Selection
Cat. No.
Sensing Nominal Sensing Distance Output Switching
Sensor Size Direction [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] Cable Style Pico QD Style
28 x 16 x 11 N.O. PNP 871FM--D2NP11--E2 871FM--D2NP11--P3

2 (0.08) 600
mm N.C. PNP 871FM--D2CP11--E2 871FM--D2CP11--P3
Y N.O. PNP 871FM--D2NP12--E2 871FM--D2NP12--P3
2 (0.08) NPN 800 871FM--D2CN12--E2 —

N.C.
Side PNP 871FM--D2CP12--E2 —
40 x 26 x 12
NPN 871FM--D4NN12--E2 871FM--D4NN12--P3
mm N.O.
PNP — 871FM--D4NP12--P3
4 (0.16) N 400
NPN 871FM--D4CN12--E2 —
N.C.
PNP — —
NPN 871FM--D5NN25--E2 —
N.O.
PNP 871FM--D5NP25--E2 871FM--D5NP25--P3
5 (0.20) Y 500
PNP 871FM--D5CP25--E2 —
25 x 50 x 10 N.C.
NPN 871FM--D5CN25--E2 —
mm
Face NPN 871FM--D8NN25--E2 —
N.O.
8 (0.31) PNP 871FM--D8NP25--E2 871FM--D8NP25--P3
N N.C. PNP 200 871FM--D8CP25--E2 —
31 x 18 x
5 (0.20) N.O. PNP 871FM--D5NP10--E2 —
10mm
Recommended Standard QD Cordset (--2 = 2 m (6.5 ft)) 889P--F3AB--2

Approximate Dimensions Wiring Diagrams

[mm (inches)]
Cable & Pico QD Style Cable Style Pico QD Style
28 x 16 x 11 mm Normally Open Normally Open or Normally Closed
28 (1.10)
22.2 (0.87) NPN (Sinking) PNP (Sourcing) NPN (Sinking) PNP (Sourcing)
+ -- + -- +
--
10…30V DC 10…30V DC Load
Load
Brown +
Brown + -- --
10.3 16 + -- Load
Blue
(0.41) (0.63) Load Black
Black + -- + 10…30V DC --
Blue 10…30V DC
Normally Closed
3.1
(0.12) PNP (Sourcing)
LED + --
10…30V DC
Brown + --
Load
10.5 Black
(0.41) Blue
5.5
(0.22)

2-- 177
871FM 3-Wire DC
Miniature Flat Pack Style
Approximate Dimensions [mm (inches)] Wiring Diagram

Cable & Pico QD Style Cable Style
40 x 26 x 12 mm Normally Open
4 + -- + --
(0.16) 10…30V DC 10…30V DC
4 Brown
Brown + --
(0.16) + -- Blue
Load Black Load
Black
16 Blue
40 (0.63) M3
(1.57) Normally Closed
4
6
(0.16) + -- + --
(0.24) 10…30V DC 10…30V DC
Brown
Brown + --
+ -- Blue Load
Load Black
12 Black
(0.47) 5 Blue
26 (0.20)
(1.02) Pico QD Style
6
(0.24) Dia. Normally Open
3.2
Mounting Hole (0.13) NPN (Sinking) PNP (Sourcing)
Dimensions -- +
Load
Load
+
--
3.3
(0.13) Dia.
+ 10…30V DC -- + 10…30V DC --
Unshielded Cable & Pico QD & Shielded Cable Style Cable Style
Shielded Pico QD Style 25 x 50 x 10 mm Normally Open
25 x 50 x 10 mm 4
4 NPN (Sinking)
+
PNP (Sourcing)
7.3 (0.29) (0.16) + -- --
7.3 (0.29) (0.16) Dia. 10…60V DC 10…60V DC
Dia. 10 Brown + --
Brown
10 (0.39) + -- Load
Blue Black
(0.39) Load Black
Blue
4.3 (0.17) 3
4.3 (0.17) 3 (0.12)
Dia. (0.12) Dia. Normally Closed
LED
+ -- + --
10…60V DC 10…60V DC
15 Brown
15 25 Brown + --
25 (0.59) + -- Blue
(0.59) (0.98) Black Load
(0.98) Load
Black Blue
10 8
10 8 (0.39) (0.31)
Pico QD Style
(0.39) (0.31) 50
50 PNP (Sourcing)
(1.97)
(1.97)
+
Load
--
+ 10…60V DC --
Cable Style Sensing 30.5 Cable Style

Face (1.2)
31 x 18 x 10 mm Normally Open
PNP (Sourcing)
+ --
18 10…30V DC
(0.71) Brown + --
Black Load
12
(0.47) Blue
5
LED (0.2)
10 Indicator
(0.39)

871FM 2-Wire AC
Specifications
28 x 16 x 11 mm 40 x 26 x 12 mm
Leakage Current <2 mA
871FM AC Cable Style Operating Voltage 90…250V AC
28 x 16 x 11 mm Voltage Drop ≤15V
Repeatability ≤5%
Enclosure NEMA 4, IP67 (IEC 529)
Plastic
871FM AC Cable Style 2-conductor PVC
40 x 26 x 12 mm
Features Shock 30 g, 11 ms
S 2-wire operation Vibration 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude, 3 planes
S 2-conductor connection
S 90…250V AC Correction Factors
output Steel 1.0
Stainless Steel 0.85
protection Brass 0.55
Aluminum 0.50
directives Copper 0.45

2-- 179
871FM 2-Wire AC
Product Selection
Sensor Size Direction [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] Cable Style
28 x 16 x 11 mm 2 (0.08) Y N.O. 871FM- A2N11- A2
Side 10
40 x 26 x 12 mm 4 (0.16) N N.O. 871FM- A4N12- A2

Cable Style Cable Style
28 x 16 x 11 mm
28
(1.10)
Black
22.2 10.5
(0.87) (0.41) Blue
Load
10.3 16 5.5 Note: Load can be switched to black wire.

(0.41) (0.63) (0.22)
3.1
LED (0.12)
40 x 26 x 12 mm 4
(0.16)
LED
4 Black
(0.16)
Blue
Load
40 16
(1.57) M3
(0.63) Note: Load can be switched to black wire.
4
(0.16) 6
(0.24)
12 5
26 (0.20)
(0.47) (1.02)
Mounting Hole 6
Dimensions (0.24) Dia.
3.2
(0.13)
3.3
(0.13) Dia.

Bulletin 871P Can Sensors
Description Depending on the specific canning line Styles

setup, Rockwell Automation can motion
Bulletin 871P inductive proximity can AC 2-Wire Short-Range . . page 2--182
sensors can help improve line efficiency
sensors are self-contained solid state
or address problem areas on canning
devices, designed specifically for AC 2-Wire Long-Range . . . page 2--182
line conveyor systems by providing
sensing size 202 to 704 metal cans
control equipment with motion/no DC 4-Wire Short-Range . . page 2--184
without physical contact. These sensors
motion information.
have been specifically designed for the
DC 4-Wire Long-Range . . . page 2--184
canning industry in terms of both The 871P can sensor family combines
functionality and environmental ratings. rugged construction and superior DC 4-Wire Motion . . . . . . . . page 2--186
sensing capability to provide long
Short- and long-range can sensor
lasting durability and performance in
models are available in both AC and Accessories
hostile manufacturing and filling
DC versions. These sensors contain
environments. Cordsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8--1
multiple coils to provide a wide sensing
field which allows metal containers to Rockwell Automation can sensors are
be sensed on canning lines while the designed to withstand repeated 1200 Mounting Bracket . . . . . . . . page 2--215
gaps between them are ignored. This psi washdowns common in the food
type of sensor provides a “cans and beverage industries and are General Information
present” or “cans not present” signal mountable on industry standard
Metric/English
and is the standard sensor type used in brackets.
can line control. Rockwell Automation
provides two models for varying can Features
sizes.
A DC powered can motion sensor is
also available for applications which S Overload protection
require can movement sensing. S Transient noise protection
Designed with the same multiple coils
and wide sensing field as the standard S False pulse protection
can sensor, an extra coil is added as a S Reverse polarity protection (DC
separate circuit, which can be set to models)
sense the gaps between the cans. The
signal from the wide sensing field circuit S Stainless steel housing
(which ignores the gaps between the S NEMA 6P and IP67 enclosure
cans) is combined with the signal from
the second circuit (which senses the S 1200 psi (8270 kPa) washdown
gaps between the cans) to achieve an
output indicating true can motion. If
cans are present and not moving, the
sensor output turns on. If cans are
present and moving or if no cans are
present, the sensor will remain off.

2-- 181
871P Can Sensors 2-Wire AC
Specifications
Load Current 300 mA
Inrush Current <5 A (20 ms)
Operating Voltage 30…150V AC RMS
871P AC Short-Range Line Frequency 40…60 Hz
76 x 36 x 58 mm Voltage Drop <15V @ 300 mA
Repeatability ≤2%
Features Hysteresis 10% typical
S 2-wire operation False Pulse Protection Incorporated
S 3-conductor connection Transient Noise Protection Incorporated
S 30…150V AC Short Circuit Protection Incorporated

S Normally open
Certifications UL Listed and CE Marked for all applicable directives
S Short- and long-range models
Enclosure NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13, IP67 (IEC 529), 1200 psi (8270 kPa)
S Stainless steel housing washdown
S 1200 psi (8270 kPa) washdown Connections 3-pin mini style
S False pulse, transient noise, short LEDs Red: Output Energized

circuit, and overload protection Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 20…+70_ (0…+160_)
Housing Material Stainless steel, plastic face
Mounting 2 stainless steel studs

871P Can Sensors 2-Wire AC
Product Selection
Nominal Sensing Distance Output Switching Cat. No.
Style Container Sizes mm (in.) Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] Mini QD Style
Steel: 19 mm (0.75 in.)
Short 202-- 401 871P- AC19N76- N3
Aluminum: 13 mm (0.50 in.)
Y N.O. 25
Steel: 29 mm (1.15 in.)
Long 202-- 704 871P- AC29N140- N3
Aluminum: 15 mm (0.60 in.)
Recommended Standard QD Cordset (-- 6F = 1.8 m (6 ft)) 889N- F3AFC- 6F
QD Cordsets

Short-Range Mini QD Style
1/4--20 x 0.63
2 Places
Load
70.6 58.67
(2.78) (2.31)
39.62
(1.56)
35.05 38.1
(1.38) (1.50)
76.2
(3.00)
Long-Range Mini QD Style

1/4--20 x 0.63
2 Places
Load
70.6 58.67
(2.78) (2.31) Note: Load can be switched to pin 2.
39.62
(1.56)
35.05
(1.38) 44.45
(1.75)
140
(5.50)

2-- 183
871P Can Sensors 4-Wire DC
Specifications
Outputs Normally Open NPN and PNP
Load Current 300 mA
Operating Current 25 mA (off), 55 mA (on)
Repeatability ≤2%
871P DC Short Range Hysteresis 3…15%
76 x 36 x 58 mm False Pulse Protection Incorporated
Features Overload Protection Incorporated
S 4-conductor plus shield or 4-pin mini Reverse Polarity Protection Incorporated
connection Enclosure NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13, IP67 (IEC 529), 1200 psi (8270 kPa)
S 10…30V DC washdown
Connections A2: 2 m shielded PVC jacketed cable, 4-wire, #22 AWG, 1/2 in. NPT
S Normally open NPN and PNP
N4: 4-pin mini quick-disconnect
outputs
LEDs Red: Output energized
S Short- and long-range models
Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 20…+70_ (0…+160_)
S Stainless steel housing Housing Material Stainless steel, plastic face
S 1200 psi (8270 kPa) washdown Mounting 2 stainless steel studs
polarity, short circuit, and overload
protection

871P Can Sensors 4-Wire DC
Product Selection
Cat. No.
Container Nominal Sensing Distance Output Switching
Style Sizes [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] Cable Style Mini QD Style
Steel: 19 (0.75)
Short 202-- 401 871P-- DC19NB76-- A2 871P-- DC19NB76-- N4
Aluminum: 13 (0.50)
Normally Open
Y 35
Steel: 29 (1.15) NPN and PNP
Long 202-- 704 871P-- DC29NB140-- A2 871P-- DC29NB140-- N4
Aluminum: 15 (0.60)
QD Cordsets
Approximate Dimensions [mm (inches)]

Short-Range Cable Style Short-Range Mini QD Style
6.35 1/4--20 x 0.63
(0.25) ref. 2 Places
1/4--20 x 0.63
1/2 NPT 2 Places
70.6 58.67
(2.78) (2.31)
76.45 39.62
(3.01) 58.67 (1.56)
39.62 (2.31)
(1.56)
35.05 38.1
(1.38) (1.50)
35.05 38.1 76.2
(1.38) (1.50) (3.00)
76.2
(3.00)
Long-Range Cable Style Long-Range Mini QD Style

6.35
(0.25) ref. 1/4--20 x 0.63
1/2 NPT 1/4--20 x 0.63 2 Places
2 Places
70.6
76.45 (2.78) 58.67
(3.01) 58.67 39.62 (2.31)
39.62 (2.31) (1.56)
(1.56)
35.05 44.45
35.05 44.45 (1.38) (1.75)
(1.38) (1.75) 140
140 (5.50)
(5.50)
Wiring Diagram
Cable Style Mini QD Style
+ -- --
10…30V DC
NPN (Sink) + -- 10…30V DC
PNP
White Black (Source) Load
Load + -- +
+ -- ATTENTION Red and black wires
Green
Load NPN
Red --Load
PNP (Source) (Sink)
must be connected -- +
for proper operation.
Shield

2-- 185
871P Can Sensors 4-Wire DC Motion
Specifications
Outputs Normally Open NPN and PNP
Load Current 300 mA
Operating Current 25 mA (off), 55 mA (on)
Repeatability ≤2%
Hysteresis 3…15%
871P DC Motion Style
140 x 45 x 58 mm Output Time Delay 0.5 s after motion stops
Features Transient Noise Protection Incorporated
S 4-conductor plus shield or 4-pin mini
connection Overload Protection Incorporated
S 10…30V DC Reverse Polarity Protection Incorporated

Enclosure NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13, IP67 (IEC 529), 1200 psi (8270 kPa)
S Normally open NPN and PNP washdown
outputs
Connections A2: 2 m shielded PVC jacketed cable, 4-wire, #22 AWG, 1/2 in. NPT
S Stainless steel housing N4: 4-pin mini quick-disconnect
S 1200 psi (8270 kPa) washdown LED Red: Output Energized
Dim Blink: Cans moving
S Dual function output LED Bright Steady: No motion
Dim blink: cans moving Potentiometer Sensing range adjust
Bright steady: no motion
Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 20…+70_ (0…+160_)
S Adjustable sensing distance Housing Material Stainless steel, plastic face
S False pulse, transient noise, reverse Mounting 2 stainless steel studs
polarity, short circuit, and overload
protection

871P Can Sensors 4-Wire DC Motion
Product Selection
Cat. No.
Container Nominal Presence Sensing Nominal Motion Sensing Output
Sizes Distance [mm (in.)] Distance [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Cable Style Mini QD Style
Steel: 29 (1.15) Steel: 19 (0.75) Normally Open
202-- 704 Y 871P-- DD29NB140-- A2 871P-- DD29NB140-- N4
Aluminum: 15 (0.60) Aluminum: 13 (0.50) NPN and PNP
QD Cordsets

Cable Style
6.35 + --
(0.25) ref. 10…30V DC
1/2 in. 1/4--20 x 0.63 NPN (Sink)
NPT 2 Places + -- White Black
Load
+ --
76.45
Red Load
(3.01) 58.67 Green
39.62 (2.31) PNP (Source)
(1.56)
35.05 44.45 Shield

(1.38) (1.75)
140
(5.50) ATTENTION Red and black wires
must be connected
for proper operation.
Mini QD Style
1/4--20 x 0.63
2 Places --
+ -- 10…30V DC
PNP
70.6 Load
58.67 (Source)
(2.78) +
39.62 (2.31)
(1.56) NPN
--Load
(Sink)
35.05 44.45 -- +
(1.38) (1.75)
140
(5.50)

2-- 187
Notes

Bulletin 871D WorldClampt
Power Clamp and Gripper Style

Bulletin 871D WorldClampt proximity S Superior LED visibility DC 4-wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--190
sensors are specifically designed for S Weld-field immune
use in power clamp and gripper AC/DC 5-wire . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--192
applications. These devices incorporate S Shielded construction
two sensors into one unit, reducing the S Short circuit protection Accessories
number of sensors and connection
systems required for applications. Each S Overload protection Cordsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8--1
sensor has two sensing coils (chicklets) S Transient noise protection
that are used to detect whether the General Information
clamp/gripper is in the open or closed S False pulse protection
position. S Reverse polarity protection (DC Torque Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--225
The 871D WorldClamp has a models) Metric/English
compatible mounting configuration for Conversion Chart . . . . . . . . . page 14--6
the cartridges used by the major clamp Marked for all applicable directives
manufacturers. These models are weld-
field immune and have full electrical
protections including short circuit,
overload, false pulse, reverse polarity
(DC models), and transient noise
protection. All units meet IEC IP67
enclosure standards and are CE
Marked for all applicable directives.
Bulletin 871D WorldClampt proximity
sensors are available in both 4-wire DC
and 5-wire AC/DC micro quick-
disconnect styles. Each sensor type is
available in 100 mm, 165 mm, and
200 mm lead lengths with either the
large or small chicklet size.

2-- 189
Bulletin 871D DC WorldClampt
Specifications
Load Current 150 mA max
Leakage Current <10 μA
Voltage Drop <2.5V
Repeatability <2%
871D DC Overload Protection Incorporated
100, 165, 200 mm Weld Field Immunity 1600 Gauss
Certifications UL Listed, cUL Certified and CE Marked for all applicable directives
Features Enclosure IP67
S 2 normally open outputs Connections 4-pin micro quick-disconnect
S Superior LED visibility LED Green: power; orange: S1 output; red: S2 output
Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 25…+70_ (-- 13…+158_)
S 10…30V DC
Shock 30 g, 11 ms
S Weld field immune
protection
S Standard 100, 165, and 200 mm lead
length for chicklets
S Special 40 mm one lead and
100 mm second lead
S Small or large chicklet sizes
S Impact resistant housing
S 4-pin micro quick-disconnect

Bulletin 871D DC WorldClampt
Product Selection
Nominal Sensing Output Switching Lead Length
Distance [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency [Hz] [mm (in.)] Chicklet Size Cat. No.
Large 871D-- MW2GP100A-- D4
100 (3.94) Small 871D-- MW2GP100B-- D4
Cylindrical 871D-- MW2GP100C-- D4
165 (6.50)
2 (0.08) Y 2 N.O. PNP Outputs 15 Small 871D-- MW2GP165B-- D4
40 (S1)/100 (S2)
Small 871D-- MW2GP200B-- D4
40 (S1)/100 (S2)
Small 871D-- MW2GP40B-- D4
Special length of cable leads, one is 40 mm and the second is 100 mm.

Front View Side View
46.9 17.7
(1.85) (0.70)
17.7
(0.70)
Large Chicklet Small Chicklet Cylindrical Chicklet

2.8 (0.11) Dia. 3.25 (0.12) 11.5 (0.45)
6.5 9 7.8
6.60 (0.26)
(0.25) (0.35) (0.31)
20 12.2
(0.79) (0.48)
15.5 (0.61)
58.4
(2.3) Dia. 8.38 13.0
(0.33) (0.51) 2.0 (0.07)
6.0
17 (0.67)
(0.23)
18.0
(0.70)
5.33 (0.21)
4.5
(0.37)
Wiring Diagram
Normally Open Output
PNP (Sourcing)
-- +
S2
Load 2 1
3 4
-- +
Load S1
-- 10…30V DC +

2-- 191
Bulletin 871D AC/DC WorldClampt
Specifications
Load Current 100 mA max
Inrush Current (1 cycle) ≤2 A (1 cycle)
Voltage Drop <10V
Repeatability <2%
871D AC/DC Certifications UL Listed, cUL Certified and CE Marked for all applicable directives
100, 165, 200 mm Enclosure IP67
Connections 5-pin AC micro quick-disconnect
LED 2 green: power S1 and S2; red: S1 output; orange: S2 output
Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 25…+70_ (-- 13…+158_)
Shock 30 g, 11 ms
871D AC/DC Compact

100, 165, 200 mm
Features
S 2 normally open outputs
S 20…150V AC/DC
S Weld field immune
S Standard 100, 165, and 200 mm lead
length for chicklets
S Special 40 mm one lead and
100 mm second lead
S Small or large chicklet sizes
S Impact resistant housing
S 5-pin micro quick-disconnect

Bulletin 871D AC/DC WorldClampt
Product Selection
Nominal Sensing Output Switching Lead Length
Sensor Distance [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration Frequency (Hz) [mm (in.)] Chicklet Size Cat. No.
Large 871D-- JW2G100A-- R5
100 (3.94)
Small 871D-- JW2G100B-- R5
2 (0.08) Y 2 N.O. Outputs 20 165 (6.50)
Standard
200 (7.88)
2 (0.08) Y 2 N.O. Outputs 20 200 (7.88)
Large 871D-- JK2G100A-- R5
100 (3.94)
Small 871D-- JK2G100B-- R5
Compact 2 (0.08) Y 2 N.O. Outputs 20 165 (6.50)
200 (7.88)
Recommended standard QD cordset (-- 2 = 2 m (6.5 ft)) 889R-- F5AEA-- 2
Special length of cable leads, one is 40 mm and the second is 100 mm.

Standard Sensor
Front View Large Chicklet Small Chicklet
55.1
(2.17) 3.25 (0.12)
2.8 (0.11) Dia.
11.4
22.76 (0.89) (0.45) Dia. 6.60
(0.26) 6.5
(0.25)
20
S1 S2
(0.79)
8.64 (0.34) 12.2
17.2 35
(0.48)
(0.68) (1.38)
58.4 15.5
(2.3) Dia. (0.61)
8.38
(0.33)
50.8 17
Side View 22.6
(0.20) Dia. (0.67)
(0.89) 13.0
(0.51)
6.0
19 (0.23)
(0.75) 5.33 (0.21) 2.0 (0.07)
4.5
(0.37) 18.0
(0.70)
Compact Sensor Wiring Diagram

47.0 (1.85) 5.3 (0.21) Normally Open Outputs
24.0 (0.95) Dia. Ground
17.7 3
S2 4 S2
3
4 2
Load 2
(0.7) 5 1
S1
5 1
5.0 S1 Load
(0.2) 23.49 (0.93)
Note: Load can be switched to pin 1 (S1) and pin 2 (S2).

2-- 193
Notes

Bulletin 871D
Cylinder Position Inductive Style

Bulletin 871D cylinder position inductive S Stainless steel probe with ceramic DC 3-wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--196
proximity sensors are self-contained face
solid state devices. These devices are AC/DC 2-wire . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--198
S Low profile housing can be rotated
designed for sensing metal objects 304_ during installation without
without physical contact. Bulletin 871D Accessories
breaking pressure seal
cylinder position sensors are
specifically designed for end of stroke S Shielded construction Cordsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8--1
detection of both hydraulic and
S Weld-field immune Spacer Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--224
pneumatic cylinders.
The innovative design of the 871D
product family allows 304_ of rotational S Overload protection General Information
movement of the sensor body during S Transient noise protection Torque Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--225
installation without breaking the seal. Metric/English
The sensor body is locked into place S False pulse protection
through the use of one set screw on the S Reverse polarity protection (DC
sensor mounting flange. This system models)
provides simpler and faster sensor
installation as well as neat cable runs. S UL Listed, cUL Certified and CE
Each 871D sensor mounts into the
industry standard in-port cylinder
position sensor bolt pattern with two
(1/4 inch--20UNC x 3/4 inch) grade 8
screws and is sealed with an O-ring to
withstand pressures up to 3000 psi (207
BAR). All models are weld field immune
and employ full electrical protections
including short circuit, overload, false
pulse, reverse polarity (DC models),
and transient noise protection. All units
meet IEC IP67 enclosure standards and
are CE Marked for all applicable
directives.
Bulletin 871D sensors are available in
both 3-wire DC and 2-wire AC/DC
versions with either mini- or micro-style
connectors. Each sensor type is
available in six industry-standard probe
lengths from 26…115.9 mm
(1.025…4.560 in.). Special spacers are
also available to effectively alter the
probe length for specific applications.

2-- 195
Bulletin 871D 3-Wire DC
Specifications
Max. Load Current <200 mA
Leakage Current < 80 μA
Operating Voltage 10…30VDC
Voltage Drop < 2.5V DC @ 200 mA
Switching Frequency 10 Hz
871D DC Mini Reverse Polarity Protection Incorporated
12 mm
Certifications UL Listed, cUL Certified for Canada and CE Marked for all applicable
directives
Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12, 13, IP67 (IEC 529)
4-pin micro style
LED Green: Power; Orange: Output
871D DC Micro Shock 30 g, 11 ms
12 mm
Housing Material Machined aluminum
Probe Material Stainless steel, ceramic face
Features
Non-- activated Current Draw ≤10 mA
S Rugged low profile housing
Activated Current Draw ≤18 mA
S 3-wire operation
S Housing 304_ rotatable during
installation without breaking pressure
seal
S 10…30V DC
S Weld-field immune
transient noise, and reverse polarity
protection
S UL Listed, cUL Certified for Canada
and CE Marked for all applicable
directives

Bulletin 871D 3-Wire DC
Product Selection
Cat. No.s
Barrel Nominal Sensing Distance Output Probe Length
Dia. [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration [mm (in.)] Mini QD Micro QD
26.0 (1.025) 871D-- DW2NP260-- N4 871D- DW2NP260- D4
31.7 (1.250) 871D-- DW2NP317-- N4 871D-- DW2NP317-- D4
52.4 (2.062) 871D-- DW2NP524-- N4 871D-- DW2NP524-- D4
12 mm 2 (0.08) Y N.O.
73.0 (2.875) 871D-- DW2NP730-- N4 871D-- DW2NP730-- D4
95.9 (3.775) 871D-- DW2NP959-- N4 871D-- DW2NP959-- D4
115.9 (4.560) 871D-- DW2NP1159-- N4 871D-- DW2NP1159-- D4
Recommended standard QD cordset (-- 6F = 1.8 m (6 ft), - 2 = 2 m (6.5 ft)) 889N-- F4AFC-- 6F 889D-- F4AC-- 2

Spacer Kits 2-- 224

Mini Connector Models Mini Quick-Disconnect Style
Range of Rotation Normally Open
304_
PNP (Sourcing)
48 (1.9)
35 (1.4) 1/4 in.--20UNC x 3/4 in.
37 +
Grade 8 screw
25 (1.5) Load
(1.0) --
O-Ring Dia. 17.13 x 2.62 FPM
12.17 -- 10…30V DC +
30 (0.48)
(1.2) Output Dia.
Power
64.2
(2.5)
L*
2mm Set Screw 8

Tightening Torque 1--1.5 Nm (0.3)
L* = Probe length (see table above) 7/8 in.--16 UN
Micro Connector Models Micro Quick-Disconnect Style

304_
PNP (Sourcing)
48 (1.9)
35 (1.4) 1/4 in.--20UNC x 3/4 in. 37
25 Grade 8 screw (1.5)
(1.0)
-- Load +
-- 10…30V DC +
12.17
30 (0.48)
(1.2) Output Dia.
Power 50
(2.0)
L*
2mm Set Screw M12 x 1
8
Tightening Torque 1--1.5 Nm (0.3)
L* = Probe length (see table above)

2-- 197
Bulletin 871D 2-Wire AC/DC
Specifications
Inrush Current (1 cycle) < 3 A (t < 20 msec)
Leakage Current < 1.7 mA @ 120V AC
Voltage Drop < 6V at 400 mA
Switching Frequency 50 Hz
871D AC/DC Mini Hysteresis 15% typical

Certifications UL Listed, cUL Certified for Canada and CE Marked for all applicable
directives
Enclosure NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12, 13, IP67 (IEC 529)
3-pin micro style
LED Green: Power; Orange: Output
871D AC/DC Micro 30 g, 11 ms
Shock
Housing Material Nickel plated brass
Features
Probe Material Stainless steel, ceramic face
S Rugged low profile housing
S 2-wire operation
S Housing 304_ rotatable during
installation without breaking pressure
seal
S 20…250V AC/DC
S Weld-field immune

Bulletin 871D 2-Wire AC/DC
Product Selection
Cat. No.
Barrel Nominal Sensing Distance Output Probe Length
Dia. [mm (in.)] Shielded Configuration [mm (in.)] Mini QD Micro QD
26.0 (1.025) 871D-- BW2N260-- N3 871D-- BW2N260-- R3
31.7 (1.250) 871D-- BW2N317-- N3 871D-- BW2N317-- R3
52.4 (2.062) 871D- BW2N524- N3 871D-- BW2N524-- R3
12mm 2 (0.08) Y N.O.
73.0 (2.875) 871D-- BW2N730-- N3 871D-- BW2N730-- R3
95.9 (3.775) 871D-- BW2N959-- N3 871D-- BW2N959-- R3
115.9 (4.560) 871D-- BW2N1159-- N3 871D-- BW2N1159-- R3
Recommended standard QD cordset (-- 6F = 1.8m (6ft), - 2 = 2 m (6.5 ft)) 889N-- F3AFC-- 6F 889R-- F3ECA-- 2

Spacer Kits 2-- 224
Dimensions—mm (in.) Wiring Diagrams

Mini Connector Models Mini Quick-Disconnect Style
304_
48 (1.9) Ground
35 (1.4) 1/4 in.--20UNC x 3/4 in. 37
25 Grade 8 screw (1.5)
(1.0)
O-Ring Dia. 17.13 x 2.62 FPM Load
12.7 Note 1: Load can be switched to pin 3.

30 (0.5)
(1.2) Output
Dia.
Power
64.2
(2.5)
L
2 mm Set Screw 8
Tightening Torque 1…1.5 Nm (0.3)
L = Probe Length (see table above) 7/8 in.--16 UN
Micro Connector Models Micro Quick-Disconnect Style

Range of Rotation Normally Open or Normally Closed
304_
Ground
48 (1.9) 1
1/4 in.--20UNC x 3/4 in.
35 (1.4) Grade 8 screw 37 2 3 Load
25 (1.5)
(1.0)
12.7
30 (0.5)
(1.2) Output Dia. 50
Power
(2.0)
L
2 mm Set Screw 1/2 in.--20 UNF--2A
8
Tightening Torque 1…1.5 Nm (0.3)
L = Probe Length (see table above)

2-- 199
Notes

Bulletin 871R & 871S
Ring and Slot Style

Bulletin 871R Ring and 871S Slot S Cable or micro QD style 871R DC 3-Wire Ring . . . . page 2--202
sensors are self-contained, general 871S DC 3-Wire Slot . . . . . page 2--205
purposed, solid-state devices designed
to sense the presence of ferrous and S Reverse polarity protection
nonferrous metal objects that pass QD Cordsets
through their sensing field. directives Cordsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8--1
Ring sensors are available in 12, 20, 50
and 100 mm ring diameter sizes with General Information
minimum ball sizes ranging from
2.5…8.0 mm. Torque Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--225
Slot sensors are available in 30 mm slot Metric/English
gap. When mounting two slot sensors Conversion Chart . . . . . . . . . page 14--6
side by side, it is necessary to use
different models with different operating
frequencies.

2-- 201
871R 3-Wire DC
Ring Style
Specifications
Repeatability ≤2%
871R DC Cable Style
12, 20 mm Reverse Polarity Protection Incorporated
Certificationss CE Marked for all applicable directives
Enclosure NEMA 4 IP67 (IEC 529)
871R DC Micro 3-conductor #26 AWG PVC
Quick-Disconnect Style Quick-Disconnect: 4-pin micro style
50 mm
Shock and Vibration 5 g, 10…55 Hz
871R DC Micro
100 mm
Features
S 3-wire operation
S 3-conductor, 4-pin micro QD style
S 10…30V DC
S Reverse polarity, short circuit,
overload, false pulse, and transient
noise protection
directives

871R 3-Wire DC
Ring Style
Product Selection
Cat. No.
Ring Minimum Ball Size Output Switching
Diameter [mm (in.)] Configuration Frequency [Hz] Cable Style Micro QD Style
12 mm 2.5 (0.10) 800 871R-- D12NP39-- E2 —
N.O. PNP
20 mm 6 (0.24) 1000 871R-- D20NP73-- E2 —
PNP 871R-- D50NP90-- D4
50 mm 3 (0.12)
N.O. NPN 871R-- D50NN90-- D4
and 500 —
N.C. PNP 871R-- D100NP120-- D4
100 mm 8 (0.31)
NPN 871R-- D100NN120-- D4
Recommended Standard QD Cordset (-- 6F = 1.8 m (6 ft), - 2 = 2 m (6.5 ft)) 889D-- F4AC-- 2
QD Cordsets

Cable Style (871R--D12NP39--E2)
Normally Open
47 PNP (Sourcing)
(1.85)
26.5 28.5 + --
(1.04) (1.12) 10…30V DC
8 Brown
+ --
(0.32) Load
Black
Blue
39 20 Brown +
(1.54) (0.79)
Black A/Out
12 Blue --
(0.47)
Cable Style (871R--D20NP73--E2)

Normally Open
106
(4.17) PNP (Sourcing)
24 26 + --
(0.95) 18 10…30V DC
(1.02)
(0.71) Brown
+ --
Brown + Load
Black A/Out Black
Blue --
73.5 Blue
(2.90)
20
(0.79)

2-- 203
871R 3-Wire DC
Ring Style

Micro Quick-Disconnect Style (871R--D50NP90--D4 & 871R--D50NN90--D4)
190 Complementary Normally Open and
(7.48) Normally Closed
40 115 48 PNP (Sourcing)
(1.58) 45 (4.53) (1.89)
(1.77) + N.C.
Load
--
90 80 50 + N.O. --
(3.54) (3.15) (1.96) Load
-- 10…30V DC +
6.2
6.2
(0.24)
(0.24)
Micro Quick-Disconnect Style (871R--D100NP120--D4 & 871R--D100NN120--D4)

Complementary Normally Open and
Normally Closed
PNP (Sourcing)
+ N.C.
135 100 Load
(5.31) (3.94) --
+ N.O. --
Load
-- 10…30V DC +
36
8.9 120 (4.72)
(1.4) 8 (0.35)
(0.32) 166 (6.54)

871S 3-Wire DC
Slot Style
Specifications
Repeatability ≤2%
871R DC Cable Style Hysteresis 15% typical
30 mm Slot Gap
Features
Certificationss CE Marked for all applicable directives
S 3-wire operation Enclosure NEMA 4 IP65 (IEC 529)
S 3-conductor Connections Cable: 2 m (6.5 ft) length
S 18…30V DC 3-conductor #26 AWG PVC
LED None
protection Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 25…+70° (-- 13…+158°F)
S CE Marked for all applicable Shock and Vibration 5 g, 10…55 Hz
directives

2-- 205
871S 3-Wire DC
Slot Style
Product Selection
Cat. No.
Output Switching Operating
Slot Gap Configuration Frequency [Hz] Frequency [KHz] Cable Style
75 871S-- D20NP30-- E2
30 mm N.O. PNP 500
110 871S-- DX20NP30-- E2
QD Cordsets

Cable Style
32.6 120 Normally Open
(1.28) (4.73)
PNP (Sourcing)
18 80 + --
(0.71) (3.15) 18…30V DC
Brown
+ --
22 Load
(0.87) Black
95.7 Blue
30
(3.77)
(1.18)
Brown +
6.5 Black A/Out
(0.26) Blue --
Sensing
Area

Proximity Sensors
Accessories
Accessories General Information Plastic and PTFE end caps and covers
provide additional protection to sensors
Banking Screw Adaptors . page 2--208 Torque Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--225 from abrasion corrosion, chemicals,
Conduit Adaptors . . . . . . . . page 2--209 other weld slag and debris.
Description Sensor wells allow for quick and easy
Mounting Brackets,
Spring Return Style . . . . . . page 2--210 A large variety of accessories are mounting of capacitive sensors in tanks
available for use with Rockwell and silos for level detection. Sight-glass
Mounting Brackets, Automation/Allen-Bradley products mount sensor brackets allow
Quick-Change Style . . . . . . page 2--211 offering convenience in mounting and convenient and simple mounting of
applying proximity sensors. capacitive sensors to sight tubes for
Mounting Brackets, level detection.
Snap Clamp Style . . . . . . . page 2--212 Conduit adaptors allow easy connection
of most threaded-barrel models to a All threaded-barrel sensors are shipped
Mounting Brackets, with mounting nuts and lock washers.
conduit line. Banking screw adaptors
Swivel/Tilt Style . . . . . . . . . page 2--212 Replacement hardware is available if
provide a mechanical interface to
Mounting Brackets, applications allowing a proximity sensor these become lost or damaged.
Right Angle Style . . . . . . . . page 2--213 to be utilized as a mechanical stop
switch.
Mounting Brackets,
Clamp Style . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--214 Our clamp, swivel/tilt, and right-angle
brackets are designed for convenient
Mounting Bracket, mounting and adjustable positioning of
Can Sensor Style . . . . . . . . page 2--215 tubular-style proximity sensors.
Mounting Kit, Quick-change sensor mounting
VersaCube Sensors . . . . . page 2--216 brackets are designed to allow quick
and simple sensor replacement without
Mounting Bracket, Limit Switch Style, readjustment. The spring return
VersaCube . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--217 mounting bracket and end caps help to
protect your sensor from damage due
PTFE Covers VersaCube . page 2--218
to collisions.
PTFE End Caps . . . . . . . . . page 2--219 VersaCube mounting hardware
End Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--220 provides superior mounting stability and
convenience when retrofitting
Mounting Nuts . . . . . . . . . . page 2--221 rectangular or limit switch style
Lock Washers . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--223 proximity sensors.
Spacer Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--224

2-- 207
Proximity Sensors
Accessories
Banking Screw Adaptors
Description components and comes complete with Hardened Mounting

Integral Target
(activated by piston)
two mounting nuts. Standard models Screw Nuts
Banking screw adaptors provide the
require 252 g (9 oz) of force to activate
flexibility to utilize inductive proximity
the switch.
sensors as mechanical stop switches.
These banking screw adaptors are NOTE: Models are available requiring
designed for use only with shielded more force to activate the switch, Plastic
contact factory for details. Hardened
sensors. Each banking screw adaptor is Spring-loaded
Stop Bushing Proximity Sensor
made of heat treated alloy steel Cable Combination
Piston
A
B D
C (Hex)
2.00
(0.078)
J F
(Maximum
Allowable Force)
H G E
(Thread Depth)

For Use with: A B C D E F G H J Cat. No.
8 mm Shielded 57.2 (2.25) 25.0 (1.00) 2,000 N 871A-- AK8-- 25

Sensors M8 x 1 11.0 (0.43) 18.4 (0.72) (450 lb) 5.08 (0.20) 2.93 (0.115) 5.84
82.6 (3.25) 50.0 (2.00) 871A-- AK8-- 50
57.2 (2.25) 25.0 (1.00) 871A-- AK12-- 25
12 mm Shielded 82.6 (3.25) 50.0 (2.00) 20,500 N 871A-- AK12-- 50

Sensors M12 x 1 15.7 (0.62) 17.4 (0.67) (4,608 lb) 6.35 (0.25) 4.22 (0.166) 9.40
108 (4.25) 75.0 (3.00) 871A-- AK12-- 75
133 (5.25) 100 (4.00) 871A-- AK12-- 100
57.2 (2.25) 25.0 (1.00) 871A-- AK18-- 25
18 mm Shielded 82.6 (3.25) 50.0 (2.00) 45,000 N 871A-- AK18-- 50

Sensors M18 x 1 22.1 (0.87) 22.1 (0.87) (10,115 lb) 6.35 (0.25) 4.22 (0.166) 14.2
108 (4.25) 75.0 (3.00) 871A-- AK18-- 75
133 (5.25) 100 (4.00) 871A-- AK18-- 100
Sensors for use with Banking Screw Adaptors

Sensor Diameter Sensing Range [mm (in.)] Specifications Cat. No.
8 mm 1.5 (0.06) 872C-- DX15-- D4
12 mm 2.0 (0.08) (10…30V DC, N.O., PNP, Micro QD) 872C-- DX34-- D4
18 mm 3.0 (0.12) 872C-- DX33-- D4
12 mm 1.0 (0.04) 872C-- A2N12-- R3
(20…250V AC, N.O., Micro QD)
18 mm 4.0 (0.16) 872C-- A5N18-- R3
Typical Application

Proximity Sensors
Accessories
Conduit Adaptors for Tubular Proximity Sensors—Nickel-Plated Brass
12, 18, 30 mm
For All Bulletin Numbers Except 871U
Tube Tube
Diameter [mm (in.)] Thread Size Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] Cat. No.
48.8 (1.92) 25.4 (1.00)
33.8
12 (0.47) M12 x 1 (1.33) 871C-N13
1/2--14 NPT
Inside Thread
14.2 (0.56)
54.1 (2.13) 25.4 (1.00)
39.1
18 (0.71) M18 x 1 (1.54) 871C-N19
1/2--14 NPT
Inside Thread
19.8 (0.78)
66.5 (2.62) 25.4 (1.00)
51.6
30 (1.18) M30 x 1.5 (2.03) 871C-N31
1/2--14 NPT
Inside Thread
31.8 (1.25)
53.0 (2.07) 25.4 (1.00)
12 (0.47) M12 x 1 29.3 (1.16) 871T-N5
1/2--14 NPT for Conduit

53.0 (2.07) 25.4 (1.00)
18 (0.71) M18 x 1 29.3 (1.16) 871T-N6

56.64 (2.23) 31.8 (1.25)
30 (1.18) M30 x 1.5 29.3 (1.16) 871T-N7

2-- 209
Proximity Sensors
Accessories
Mounting Brackets for Tubular Proximity Sensors—Spring Return Style
Description tubular proximity sensor and locked into

place by using the mounting nut
Spring return mounting brackets
provided with the sensor.
provide protection for the sensor in the
event of a target collision. The bracket For protection against lateral collisions,
is designed to allow the sensor to the addition of a plastic deflecting cap is
retract axially when force is applied to recommended (see page 2--220).
its face, then to return to its original Note: Right angle mounting brackets
position when the force is removed. The are available for use with these spring 8, 12, 18, 30 mm
bracket is simply threaded onto a return brackets (see page 2--213).
D
10 mm (0.39 in.) C
Overtravel
Permitted
A
Wiring
Sensing End
Face
10 mm
E B
2 PL
NOTE 1: Any overtravel greater than 10 mm (0.39 in.) or improper

installation can damage sensor and/or mount. Do not exceed
torque specifications listed or distortion of mounting sleeve will
result.
NOTE 2: Use a single jam nut, provided with the sensor, to lock the
inner sleeve to the sensor body. A bonding agent such as low
strength Loctite adhesive is recommended. Tip holes for
retaining ring pliers are provided for grasping the inner sleeve.

[mm (in.)] Cat. No.
Sensor Clearance Anodized Stainless
Diameter Hole Diameter A B C D E Aluminum Steel
15.9 11.0 19.0 22.0 3.5
8 mm M16 X 1.5 871A-- BXN8 871A-- BXS8
(0.63) (0.43) (0.75) (0.87) (0.14)
22.2 11.0 19.0 22.0 4.0
12 mm M22 X 1.5 871A-- BXN12 871A-- BXS12
(0.88) (0.43) (0.75) (0.87) (0.16)
17.9 10.0 19.0 21.2 4.0
12 mm M18 X 1 — 871A-- BXS12-- LP
(0.70) (0.40) (0.75) (0.84) (0.16)
31.0 15.0 26.0 30.0 5.0
18 mm M30 X 1.5 871A-- BXN18 871A-- BXS18
(1.22) (0.59) (1.02) (1.18) (0.20)
47.5 25.4 35.0 37.9 5.0
30 mm M47 X 1.5 871A-- BXN30 871A-- BXS30
(1.87) (1.0) (1.38) (1.49) (0.20)
Note: Each spring return mounting bracket is supplied with two mounting nuts.

Proximity Sensors
Accessories
Mounting Brackets for Tubular Proximity Sensors—Quick-Change Style
Description consuming readjustments. Each

quick-change sensor bracket is made of
Quick-change sensor brackets provide
zinc-plated brass components and
the ability to install or remove shielded
comes complete with two mounting
proximity sensors quickly and easily.
nuts.
Quick sensor change-out is achieved
with a single collet-style locknut, while
maintaining the original sensing ATTENTION
distance setup thus eliminating time Not for use with
ferrous selective
8, 12, 18, 30 mm
proximity sensors.
A B
C
D E

Sensor Diameter A B C D E F Cat. No.
32.0 (1.25) 18.0 (0.71) 871A-- BQN8
8 mm 8.10 (0.32) M12 X 1 3.05 (0.12) 17.4 (0.68)
48.0 (1.89) 34.0 (1.34) 871A-- BQN8-- L
34.0 (1.34) 20.0 (0.79) 871A-- BQN12

12 mm 12.5 (0.50) M16 X 1 3.30 (0.13) 22.2 (0.88)
44.0 (1.73) 30.0 (1.18) 871A-- BQN12-- L
38.0 (1.50) 20.0 (0.79) 871A-- BQN18

18 mm 18.5 (0.73) M24 X 1.5 5.08 (0.20) 30.2 (1.19)
58.0 (2.28) 40.0 (1.57) 871A-- BQN18-- L
38.0 (1.50) 20.0 (0.79) 871A-- BQN30

30 mm 31.0 (1.22) M36 X 1.5 5.84 (0.23) 41.3 (1.63)
58.0 (2.28) 40.0 (1.57) 871A-- BQN30-- L
Versions available for welding environments (Teflon-coated). Add a “W” to the end of the cat. no. (example: 871A--BQN12--LW).
Typical Application

2-- 211
Proximity Sensors
Accessories
Snap-Clamp Style Mounting Bracket for Tubular Proximity Sensors
Description
The snap-clamp style mounting bracket
for tubular inductive proximity sensors
provides easy, tool-free installation for
12 and 18 mm barrel diameters. This
plastic bracket allows fast, simple
installation and removal of the sensor,
and is ideal for general purpose
applications.
B E
C D
Approximate Dimensions and Product Selection [mm (in.)]
Sensor
Diameter A B C D E F G Cat. No.
12 mm 25.3 (0.99) 22.1 (0.87) 39.9 (1.57) 35.5 (1.4) 22.0 (0.87) 8.1 (0.32) 12 mm 871A-- SCBP12
18 mm 30.5 (1.2) 22.9 (0.9) 42.9 (1.69) 39.6 (1.56) 26.0 (1.02) 11.2 (0.44) 18 mm 871A-- SCBP18
Mounting Brackets for Tubular Proximity Sensors—Swivel/Tilt Style

Description
The swivel/tilt mounting bracket
provides both axial and 10° tilt
adjustment for our 18 mm and 30 mm
tubular-style products. It is ideal for 18 mm and 30 mm
convenient mounting and alignment of
873C ultrasonic sensors.

27.94
(1.100)
Description Cat. No.
20.32
30 mm Mounting Bracket 60-- 2439
(0.800) 18 mm and 30 mm
Inside Thread 18 mm Mounting Bracket 60-- 2649
29.21
(1.150)
28.6
(1.12
12.7
(0.500)
50.8
(2.0)
66.04
(2.6)
Note: Each swivel/tilt mounting bracket is supplied with two screws and two locking nuts.

Proximity Sensors
Accessories
Mounting Brackets for Tubular Proximity Sensors—Right Angle Style
Proximity Tube
Diameter [mm in.] Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] Material Cat. No.
31.8 (1.25)
11.9 7.14
(0.46) (0.28) Zinc-Plated
8.74 871A-- BRN8
(0.34) Steel
31.8
(1.25)
8 (0.31) 15.9
9.35 25.4
(0.37) (.625)
(1.00)
90° 1.78
(0.07)
7.92
(0.31)
Stainless Steel 871A-- BRS8
8.74 5.54
(0.31) (0.21)
34.8 (1.37)
14.3 7.92
12.7 871A-- BRN12
(0.50) Steel
38.1
(1.50)
12 (0.047) 19.1
12.7 38.1
(0.75)
(0.50) (1.50)
90° 1.78
(0.07) 9.53
(0.37)
13.9 5.54
(0.55) (0.21)
34.8 (1.37)
14.3 7.92
18 (0.071) 19.1 871A-- BRN18
(0.75) Steel
Also for use with 44.5
the 871A-- BXN8 (1.75)
or 871A-- BXS8 15.9 50.8
25.4
(1.00)
(0.62)
Spring Return 90°
(2.00)
1.78
Brackets (0.07) 9.53
(0.37)
19.1 5.54
(0.75) (0.21)
34.8 (1.37)
14.3 7.92
22.2 871A-- BRN22
For use with (0.87) Steel
871A-- BXN12 or 44.5
(1.75)
871A-- BXS12 50.8
25.4
15.9 (2.00)
Spring Return (0.62) (1.00)
Brackets 90° 1.78
(0.07)
9.53
(0.37)
17.4 5.54
(0.68) (0.21)
44.5 (1.75)
20.6 10.3
30 (1.18) 30.5 871A-- BRN30
(1.18) Steel
Also for use with 57.2
the 871A-- BXN18 63.5
(2.25)
or 871A-- BXS18 19.1 (2.50) 34.8
(0.75) (1.37)
Spring Return 90°
2.16
Brackets (0.08) 11.2
(0.44)
23.0 7.14
(0.90) (0.28)
50.8 (2.00)
25.4 12.7
47.5 871A-- BRN47
For use with (1.87) Steel
63.5
871A-- BXN30 or (2.50)
871A-- BXS30 88.9
38.1
19.1 (3.50)
Spring Return (0.75)
(1.50)
90°
Brackets 3.05
(0.12) 12.7
(0.50)
38.1 7.14
(1.50) (0.28)

2-- 213
Proximity Sensors
Accessories
Mounting Brackets for Tubular Proximity Sensors—Clamp Style
Stainless Steel Mounting Hardware

and Chemical Resistant Material
for Harsh Environment
5, 6.5, 8, 12, 18, 30, 34 mm
Bracket 7
(0.28)
C
Dia. of
12
Proximity D G
(0.47)
Sensor)
1.5
(0.06)
2.4 Dia. (0.09)
17
F (0.67)
(2 Plcs) 9
(0.35)
E 9 9
(0.35) (0.35)
B
3.2 Dia.
A (0.13)

Sensor
Diameter A B C D E F G Cat. No.
5 mm — — — — — — 5 (0.20) 871A-- BP5
6.5 mm — — — — — — 6.5 (0.26) 871A-- BP7
8 mm 29.0 (1.14) 18.0 (0.708) 8.0 (0.31) 11.0 (0.432) — 871A-- BP8
18.3 (0.72) 4.4 (0.172)
12 mm 36.0 (1.42) 24.0 (0.944) 12.0 (0.47) 12.0 (0.472) — 871A-- BP12
18 mm 45.0 (1.772) 32.0 (1.26) 18.0 (0.71) 29.4 (1.16) 13.0 (0.512) 5.4 (0.212) — 871A-- BP18
30 mm 60.0 (2.40) 45.0 (1.772) 30.0 (1.18) 48.4 (1.91) — 871A-- BP30
15.8 (0.624) 5.5 (0.218)
34 mm 65.8 (2.59) 50.0 (1.97) 34.0 (1.34) 48.3 (1.90) — 871A-- BP34

Proximity Sensors
Accessories
Mounting Bracket for Can Sensor Proximity Sensors
Stainless Steel Mounting Bracket Assembly
57.2
(2.25)
11.2 35.1
(0.44) (1.38)
8.4
(0.33)
47.8
(1.88)
2.5
(0.10)

Mounting Bracket 871A-- BR58

2-- 215
Proximity Sensors
Accessories
Mounting Bracket for VersaCubet Proximity Sensors
Description Kit includes:

The mounting kit for VersaCube (1) Threaded mounting bracket
sensors provides additional mounting (1) Through-hole mounting bracket
flexibility to 871P VersaCube style
sensors. This kit includes an accessory (2) 10--32 x 1 in. mounting screw
mounting bracket that allows the (2) 10--32 x 1½ in. mounting screw
VersaCube to bolt in place of existing
871P rectangular and similar (1) Ground terminal lug
competitive sensors. Appropriately (1) Green color-coded binding screw
sized mounting screws are also
supplied. Additionally a ground lug
terminal and green color-coded binding
screw are provided for grounding the
VersaCube sensor in the event that the
unit is not mounted to a grounded metal
frame.
11.8
(0.46)
24.9
(0.98)
40.0 30.0 17 20
(1.58) (1.18) (0.67) (0.78)
14.2
(0.56)
Typical Application
10--32 x 1 in.
Mounting Screws
Optional
Ground Lug and
Binding Screw
Adaptor

Mounting Kit 871A-- PKIT

Proximity Sensors
Accessories
Limit Switch Style Mounting Bracket for VersaCubet Proximity Sensors
Description
The limit switch style mounting bracket
(871A--PKITLS) has the same
mounting pattern as limit switch style
proximity sensors. It provides superior
mounting stability and convenience
when retrofitting a limit switch style
proximity sensor with a VersaCube.

70.8 (2.79)
59.4 (2.34)
29.9 39.6
(1.18) (1.56)
11.6
(0.46)
Typical Application
10--32 x 1 in.
Bracket Screws
Through-hole
Mounting
Mounting
Screw

Mounting Kit 871A-- PKITLS

2-- 217
Proximity Sensors
Accessories
PTFE Cover for VersaCube
Description
These PTFE covers are designed to
protect the VersaCube from weld slag
and other debris.
871A--KCT40--F
44.4 (1.75)
44.4 (1.75)
41.9 44.4
(1.65) (1.75)
2.54
(0.10)
871A--KCT40--T
45.0
(1.77)
41.9
(1.65)
2.54
(0.10)
71.6
(2.82)
Internal Slot
for LEDs
NOTE: Internal slot for LED visibility.

Short PTFE Cover 871A-- KCT40-- F
Long PTFE Cover 871A-- KCT40-- T

Proximity Sensors
Accessories
PTFE End Caps for Tubular Proximity Sensors
Description
PTFE end caps protect tubular
proximity sensors from abrasion,
corrosion, chemical exposure, weld
slag, and other debris.
8, 12, 18, 30 mm
C
Dia.
D B

Shielded
Sensor Diameter A B C D Cat. No.
8 mm M8 x 1 5.0 (0.20) 10.8 (0.43) 0.50 (0.02) 871A-- KT8
12 mm M12 x 1 8.9 (0.35) 14.8 (0.58) 0.89 (0.035) 871A-- KT12
18 mm M18 x 1 8.8 (0.35) 24.4 (0.96) 1.27 (0.05) 871A-- KT18

30 mm M30 x 1.5 10.0 (0.39) 38.1 (1.50) 2.03 (0.08) 871A-- KT30
Unshielded
Sensor Diameter A B C D Cat. No.
8 mm M8 x 1 9.6 (0.38) 10.8 (0.43) 0.50 (0.02) 871A-- KUT8
12 mm M12 x 1 15.0 (0.60) 14.8 (0.58) 0.89 (0.035) 871A-- KUT12
18 mm M18 x 1 18.8 (0.70) 24.4 (0.96) 1.27 (0.05) 871A-- KUT18
30 mm M30 x 1.5 23.0 (0.90) 38.1 (1.50) 2.03 (0.08) 871A-- KUT30

2-- 219
Proximity Sensors
Accessories
End Caps for Tubular Proximity Sensors
8, 12, 18, 30 mm
Description
Plastic deflecting caps are designed to cap is simply threaded onto the front of allows the sensor and spring bracket to
be utilized with spring return brackets the proximity sensor. The 30° slope retract when a lateral collision occurs.
when lateral collisions might occur. The
30°
Plastic
Cap
Target B
C
(Thickness) Spring Return
A E Mounting Bracket
D (Ref.)
30°

Shielded
Sensor Diameter A B C D E Cat. No.
8 mm 5.1 (0.20) 15.1 (0.59) 0.25 (0.01) 871A-- KP8
12 mm 6.4 (0.25) 22.9 (0.90) 10.0 (0.39) 871A-- KP12
0
18 mm 31.4 (1.34) 0.89 (0.04) 871A-- KP18
8.0 (0.31)
30 mm 44.5 (1.75) 12.7 (0.50) 871A-- KP30
Unshielded
Sensor Diameter A B C D E Cat. No.
8 mm 5.1 (0.20) 15.1 (0.59) 0.25 (0.01) 9.51 (0.37) 871A-- KPU8
12 mm 6.4 (0.25) 22.9 (0.90) 10.0 (0.39) 871A-- KPU12
17.3 (0.68)
18 mm 31.4 (1.34) 0.89 (0.04) 871A-- KPU18
8.0 (0.31)
30 mm 44.5 (1.75) 20.0 (0.79) 12.7 (0.50) 871A-- KPU30

Proximity Sensors
Accessories
Mounting Nuts for Tubular Proximity Sensors—Brass, Stainless Steel, and Plastic
8, 12, 18, 30 mm
Brass
Proximity
Tube Diameter Thread Size
[mm (in.)] ISO Metric Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] Cat. No.
13
(0.51)
871C-N1
8 (0.31) M8 x 1
Nickel-Plated
15
4 (0.59)
(0.16)
17
(0.67)
871C-N2
Nickel-Plated
12 (0.47) M12 x 1
871A-- NBT12
19.6 PTFE-Coated
(0.77)
4
(0.16)
24
(0.94)
871C-N3
Nickel-Plated
18 (0.71) M18 x 1
871A-- NBT18
27.7 PTFE-Coated
(1.09)
4
(0.16)
36
(1.42)
871C-N4
Nickel-Plated
30 (1.18) M30 x 1.5
871A-- NBT30
PTFE-Coated
41.4
(1.63)
5
(0.20)
Note: Each cat. no. includes two mounting nuts.

2-- 221
Proximity Sensors
Accessories
Mounting Nuts for Tubular Proximity Sensors—Brass, Stainless Steel, and Plastic
Stainless Steel
Proximity
17 (0.67)
12 (0.47) M12 x 1 871T-N2
19.6 (0.77)
4 (0.16)
24 (0.94)
18 (0.71) M18 x 1 871T-N4
27.7
(1.09)
4
(0.16)
36 (1.42)
30 (1.18) M30 x 1.5 871T-- N8
41.4
(1.63)
5
(0.20)
Plastic
Proximity
17 (0.67)
12 (0.47) M12 x 1 871T-N1
19.6 (0.77)
4 (0.16)
24 (0.94)
18 (0.71) M18 x 1 871T-N3
27.7
(1.09)
4
(0.16)
36 (1.42)
30 (1.18) M30 x 1.5 871C-N5

41.4
(1.63)
5
(0.20)
Note: Each cat. no. includes two mounting nuts.

Proximity Sensors
Accessories
Lock Washers for Tubular Proximity Sensors
8, 12, 18, 30 mm
B
C
A

A B C
Nominal Washer Size Inside Diameter Outside Diameter Material Thickness

[mm (in.)] [mm (in.)] [mm (in.)] [mm (in.)] Cat. No.
8.0 (0.031) 8.5 (0.33) 8.2 (0.32) 15.5 (0.61) 14.75 (0.58) 0.85 (0.03) 0.7 (0.03) 871A-- LWN8
12.0 (0.047) 12.7 (0.5) 12.3 (0.48) 20.25 (0.8) 19.5 (0.77) 1.0 (0.04) 0.8 (0.03) 871A-- LWN12
18.0 (0.071) 19.1 (0.75) 18.5 (0.73) 29.6 (1.17) 28.6 (1.13) 1.3 (0.051) 1.1 (0.04) 871A-- LWN18
30.0 (1.18) 31.4 (1.24) 30.6 (1.2) 46.3 (1.82) 45.1 (1.78) 1.7 (0.07) 1.5 (0.06) 871A-- LWN30
Note: Each cat. no. includes two lock washers.

2-- 223
Proximity Sensors
Accessories
Spacer Kits
Selection Guide
Spacer kits are available for use with (4.00 in.). Using sensor length resulting from sensor and spacer
871D in-port tubular position sensors for 871D--DW2NP1159--D4 and spacer combination should be carefully
nonstandard tubular probe lengths. 871A--S1427 results in a probe length considered to ensure proper clearance
Example from chart below: Sensor of 101.5 mm (3.998 in.). Any difference in application.
probe length required is 101.6 mm between desired probe length and
Sensor Cat. No. 871D-- xxxxx260-- xx 871D-- xxxxx317-- xx 871D-- xxxxx524-- xx 871D-- xxxxx730-- xx 871D-- xxxxx959-- xx 871D-- xxxxx1159-- xx
Probe Length
[mm (in.)]
Spacer 26.0 (1.025) 31.7 (1.250) 52.4 (2.062) 73.0 (2.875) 95.9 (3.775) 115.9 (4.560)
Spacer Kit Height
Cat. No. [mm (in.)]
871A-- S478 4.78 (0.188) 21.26 (0.837) 26.97 (1.062) 47.60 (1.874) 68.25 (2.687) 91.11 (3.587) 111.05 (4.372)
871A-- S572 5.72 (0.225) 20.32 (0.800) 26.04 (1.025) 46.66 (1.837) 67.31 (2.650) 90.17 (3.550) 110.11 (4.335)
871A-- S780 7.80 (0.307) 18.24 (0.718) 23.95 (0.943) 44.58 (1.755) 65.23 (2.568) 88.09 (3.468) 108.03 (4.253)
871A-- S945 9.45 (0.372) 16.59 (0.653) 22.30 (0.878) 42.93 (1.690) 63.58 (2.503) 86.44 (3.403) 106.38 (4.188)
871A-- S953 9.53 (0.375) 16.51 (0.650) 22.23 (0.875) 42.85 (1.687) 63.50 (2.500) 86.36 (3.400) 106.30 (4.185)
871A-- S1270 12.70 (0.500) 13.34 (0.525) 19.05 (0.750) 39.67 (1.562) 60.33 (2.375) 83.19 (3.275) 103.12 (4.060)
871A-- S1382 13.82 (0.544) 12.22 (0.481) 17.93 (0.706) 38.56 (1.518) 59.21 (2.331) 82.07 (3.231) 102.01 (4.016)
871A-- S1427 14.27 (0.562) 11.76 (0.463) 17.48 (0.688) 38.10 (1.500) 58.75 (2.313) 81.61 (3.213) 101.55 (3.998)
871A-- S1524 15.24 (0.600) 10.80 (0.425) 16.51 (0.650) 37.13 (1.462) 57.79 (2.275) 80.65 (3.175) 100.58 (3.960)
871A-- S1737 17.37 (0.684) 8.66 (0.341) 14.38 (0.566) 35.00 (1.378) 55.65 (2.191) 78.51 (3.091) 98.45 (3.876)
871A-- S1809 18.09 (0.712) 7.95 (0.313) 13.67 (0.538) 34.29 (1.350) 54.94 (2.163) 77.80 (3.063) 97.74 (3.848)
871A-- S2057 20.57 (0.810) 5.46 (0.215) 11.18 (0.440) 31.80 (1.252) 52.45 (2.065) 75.31 (2.965) 95.25 (3.750)
871A-- S2380 23.80 (0.937) 2.24 (0.088) 7.95 (0.313) 28.58 (1.125) 49.23 (1.938) 72.09 (2.838) 92.02 (3.623)
Each spacer kit contains:

-- (1) Spacer
-- (1) O--ring
-- (2) Appropriate length mounting bolts

0.762 (0.03) x 45_
4x
3.25 (0.13)
15.5 22
50.8 (0.61) 35
13.5 (0.87)
(2.0) Dia. (1.38)
(0.53) Dia.
2.05 (0.08)
6.7 (0.26) L ±0.02
2x
L = Spacer height as indicated in Selection Guide above.

Proximity Sensors
Torque Chart
Spring Loaded Brackets

Mounting Nut Torque Sensor Nut Torque Cat. No.
8.4 N•m (75 in•lbs) 3.3 N•m (30 in•lbs) 871A-- BXN8
Bulletin 871C/872C
“A” Length Remainder of Thread Length
Torque N•m Torque N•m
Diameter Shielded A [mm (in.)] (in•lbs) Turns (in•lbs) Turns
8 mm Y 4.6 (0.18) 1.7 (15) 1 1/2 2.8 (25) 1 1/2
Y 11.7 (0.46)
12 mm 4.0 (35) 1/4 9.6 (85) 1/2
N 5.6 (0.22)
Y 13.7 (0.54)
18 mm 11.3 (100) 1/3 19.8 (175) 1/2
N 5.6 (0.22)
30 mm Y/N - 33.9 (300) 1/8 33.9 (300) 1/8
Bulletin 871T
“A” Length Remainder of Thread Length
Torque N•m Torque N•m
Diameter Shielded A [mm (in.)] (in•lbs) Turns (in•lbs) Turns
Y 11.7 (0.46)
12 mm 9.0 (80) 2/3 14.1 (125) 3/4
N 5.6 (0.22)
Y 13.7 (0.54)
18 mm 19.8 (175) 1/2 28.3 (250) 2/3
N 5.6 (0.22)
Bulletin 871TM
Diameter Shielded Torque N•m (in•lbs) Turns
Y
12 mm 14.1 (125) 3/4
N
Y
18 mm 28.3 (250) 2/3
N
Y
30 mm 33.9 (300) 1/8
N
For metal housing using supplied hardware.

2-- 225
Proximity Sensors
Torque Chart
Bulletin 871Z
Remainder of Thread Length

Y
12 mm 9.6 (85) 1/2
N
Y
18 mm 19.8 (175) 1/2
N
Y
30 mm 33.9 (300) 1/8
N
For metal housing using supplied hardware.
Bulletin 871ZC
Remainder of Thread Length

12 mm 13.4 (120)
1/2
18 mm Y 16.8 (150)
30 mm 19.8 (175) 1/8


Inductive Proximity Sensors PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Inductive Proximity Sensors PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Inductive Proximity Sensors PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Inductive Proximity Sensors

General Information Quick Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--2

Tubular 871TM All Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--21

Rectangular 871P VersaCubet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--129

Cylinder Sensors 871D WorldClampt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2--189

Indexes Cat. No. Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 13--1

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

871TM 872C 871T 871TS

Diameter • 12, 18, 30 mm • 6.5, 8, 12, 18, 30 mm • 12, 18 mm • 12, 18 mm

Connections • PVC Cable • Cable (PVC) • Cable (PVC) • Micro QD

2-- 2 New Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

871Z 871ZT 871ZC 871C 871P

• Cable (ToughLinkt) • Micro QD • Mini QD • Cable (PVC or PUR) • Mini QD

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

871F 871L & 872L 802PR 871FM

2--4 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

871P 871D 871D 871R & 871S

Weld Field Immune Proximity Sensors

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

2--6 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

Normally Open Normally Closed

4-Pin Micro 4-Pin Mini

3-Pin Micro 3-Pin Mini

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

2--8 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

A metal target approaching an Correction Factors

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

Switching Frequency Mounting Considerations for Weld Field Immunity

Nonmagnetic and nonconducting material + --

2--10 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

Parallel Connected Sensors TTL Wiring

+ -- Note: When using sourcing outputs, ground

Wiring Diagram for

K Add diode as shown to each output to maintain

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

Shielded vs. Unshielded Inductive Sensors

Spacing Between Shielded Sensors (Flush-Mountable) and Nearby Metal Surfaces

d = diameter or width of active sensing face

Flat Pack Style (871F)

Miniature Flat Pack Style (871FM)

d = diameter or width of active sensing face

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

Spacing Between Unshielded Sensors (Nonflush-Mountable) and Nearby Metal Surfaces

≥3d Housing Diameter Dimension X

2-- 14 New1 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

Flat Pack Style (871F)

Miniature Flat Pack Style (871FM)

d = diameter or width of active sensing face

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

Machine Tools Plating Line Plating Line

Grinding Machines Wood Industry Conveyor Belts

Handwheel Acts as Target

A: Open Valve Indicator

2--16 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

Food Industry Stainless Steel Sheet Welder

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

Up and Downslope Control of

2--18 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

Control Presence of Mild Steel Bars in Grate Welding

Not available on PLC Interfacer models.

PNP — 871TM--DF8NP30--H2 871TM--DF8NP30--N4 871TM--DF8NP30--D4

Available for 18 mm models only

Recommended Standard QD Cordset (--2 = 2 m (6.5 ft)) 889D--F4LC--2